blob: e76c2ff8d5d85c7fedbe5d8aab44d0d81086f7cb [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
John Criswell482202a2003-10-20 19:43:21 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
6// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00009//
10// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000011// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
12// simplification happens.
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000013//
14// This pass combines things like:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000015// %Y = add int %X, 1
16// %Z = add int %Y, 1
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000017// into:
Chris Lattnerdd1a86d2004-05-04 15:19:33 +000018// %Z = add int %X, 2
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000019//
20// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
21//
Chris Lattner216c7b82003-09-10 05:29:43 +000022// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000023// the program:
24// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +000025// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
26// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000027// 3. SetCC instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
28// 4. All SetCC instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +000029// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
30// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
31// shifts.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +000032// ... etc.
Chris Lattnerbfb1d032003-07-23 21:41:57 +000033//
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +000034//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
35
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +000036#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
Chris Lattnerb4cfa7f2002-05-07 20:03:00 +000037#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +000038#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +000039#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +000040#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +000041#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000042#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
43#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
44#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000045#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000046#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000047#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
Chris Lattner60a65912002-02-12 21:07:25 +000048#include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h"
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000049#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000050#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
Reid Spencer7c16caa2004-09-01 22:55:40 +000051#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000052#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +000053#include <algorithm>
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +000054using namespace llvm;
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +000055using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +000056
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000057namespace {
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000058 Statistic<> NumCombined ("instcombine", "Number of insts combined");
59 Statistic<> NumConstProp("instcombine", "Number of constant folds");
60 Statistic<> NumDeadInst ("instcombine", "Number of dead inst eliminated");
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +000061 Statistic<> NumSunkInst ("instcombine", "Number of instructions sunk");
Chris Lattnerbf3a0992002-10-01 22:38:41 +000062
Chris Lattnerc8e66542002-04-27 06:56:12 +000063 class InstCombiner : public FunctionPass,
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000064 public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
65 // Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
66 std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000067 TargetData *TD;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000068
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000069 /// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
70 /// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
71 /// now.
72 ///
73 void AddUsersToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000074 for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000075 UI != UE; ++UI)
76 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
77 }
78
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +000079 /// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
80 /// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
81 ///
82 void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
83 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
84 if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
85 WorkList.push_back(Op);
86 }
87
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +000088 // removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
89 void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000090 public:
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +000091 virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +000092
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000093 virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +000094 AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
Chris Lattner820d9712002-10-21 20:00:28 +000095 AU.setPreservesCFG();
Chris Lattnerf12cc842002-04-28 21:27:06 +000096 }
97
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +000098 TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
99
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000100 // Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
101 // instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
102 // Return Value:
103 // null - No change was made
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000104 // I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000105 // otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
106 //
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000107 Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
108 Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
109 Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
110 Instruction *visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
111 Instruction *visitRem(BinaryOperator &I);
112 Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
113 Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
114 Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
115 Instruction *visitSetCondInst(BinaryOperator &I);
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +0000116 Instruction *visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(BinaryOperator&I,
117 CastInst*LHSI,
118 ConstantInt* CI);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000119 Instruction *FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
120 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond, Instruction &I);
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +0000121 Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000122 Instruction *visitCastInst(CastInst &CI);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +0000123 Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000124 Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
125 Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000126 Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
127 Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +0000128 Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +0000129 Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +0000130 Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +0000131 Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +0000132 Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000133
134 // visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000135 Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000136
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000137 private:
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +0000138 Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +0000139 bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
140
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +0000141 public:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000142 // InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
143 // in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
144 //
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000145 Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
Chris Lattner65217ff2002-08-23 18:32:43 +0000146 assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
147 "New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000148 BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
149 BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
150 WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000151 return New;
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000152 }
153
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +0000154 /// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
155 /// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
156 /// cast.
157 Value *InsertCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *Ty, Instruction &Pos) {
158 if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
159
160 Instruction *C = new CastInst(V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
161 WorkList.push_back(C);
162 return C;
163 }
164
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000165 // ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
166 // found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
167 // we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
168 // value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
169 // modified.
170 //
171 Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000172 AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000173 if (&I != V) {
174 I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
175 return &I;
176 } else {
177 // If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
178 // segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +0000179 I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000180 return &I;
181 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +0000182 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000183
184 // EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
185 // effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
186 // instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
187 // this function.
188 Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
189 assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
190 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
191 removeFromWorkList(&I);
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +0000192 I.eraseFromParent();
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +0000193 return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
194 }
195
196
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +0000197 private:
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000198 /// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
199 /// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
200 /// casts that are known to not do anything...
201 ///
202 Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
203 Instruction *InsertBefore);
204
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000205 // SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000206 // operators.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000207 bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000208
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000209
210 // FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
211 // PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
212 // (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
213 Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
214
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000215 // FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
216 // operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
217 // inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
218 Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
219
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +0000220 Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
221 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000222
223 Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
224 bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000225 };
Chris Lattnerb28b6802002-07-23 18:06:35 +0000226
Chris Lattnerc8b70922002-07-26 21:12:46 +0000227 RegisterOpt<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000228}
229
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000230// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000231// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000232static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
233 if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
234 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000235 return 3;
236 return 4;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000237 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000238 if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
239 return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000240}
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000241
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000242// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
243// it.
244static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000245 return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000246}
247
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000248// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
249// though a va_arg area...
250static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000251 switch (Ty->getTypeID()) {
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000252 case Type::SByteTyID:
253 case Type::ShortTyID: return Type::IntTy;
254 case Type::UByteTyID:
255 case Type::UShortTyID: return Type::UIntTy;
256 case Type::FloatTyID: return Type::DoubleTy;
257 default: return Ty;
258 }
259}
260
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000261// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
262// operators:
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000263//
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000264// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
265// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
266// binary operators.
267//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000268// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
269// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000270//
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000271bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000272 bool Changed = false;
273 if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
274 Changed = !I.swapOperands();
275
276 if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
277 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000278 if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
279 if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
280 if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000281 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
282 cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
283 cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000284 I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
285 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
286 return true;
287 } else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
288 if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
289 isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
290 Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
291 Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
292
293 // Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
Chris Lattner34428442003-05-27 16:40:51 +0000294 Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000295 Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
296 Op1->getOperand(0),
297 Op1->getName(), &I);
298 WorkList.push_back(New);
299 I.setOperand(0, New);
300 I.setOperand(1, Folded);
301 return true;
302 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000303 }
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000304 return Changed;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000305}
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +0000306
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000307// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
308// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000309//
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000310static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
311 if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
312 return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
313
Chris Lattner9ad0d552004-12-14 20:08:06 +0000314 // Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
315 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
316 return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000317 return 0;
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000318}
319
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000320static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
321 if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
322 return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(cast<BinaryOperator>(V));
323
324 // Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
Chris Lattnerdd65d862003-04-30 22:34:06 +0000325 if (ConstantIntegral *C = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +0000326 return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000327 return 0;
328}
329
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000330// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
331// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000332// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
333// Otherwise, return null.
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000334//
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000335static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000336 if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000337 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000338 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000339 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000340 return I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000341 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
Chris Lattner970136362004-11-15 05:54:07 +0000342 if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000343 // The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
344 Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
345 CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
346 return I->getOperand(0);
347 }
348 }
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000349 return 0;
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000350}
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000351
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +0000352/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
353/// expression, return it.
354static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
355 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
356 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
357 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
358 return cast<User>(V);
359 return false;
360}
361
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000362// Log2 - Calculate the log base 2 for the specified value if it is exactly a
363// power of 2.
364static unsigned Log2(uint64_t Val) {
365 assert(Val > 1 && "Values 0 and 1 should be handled elsewhere!");
366 unsigned Count = 0;
367 while (Val != 1) {
368 if (Val & 1) return 0; // Multiple bits set?
369 Val >>= 1;
370 ++Count;
371 }
372 return Count;
Chris Lattner31ae8632002-08-14 17:51:49 +0000373}
374
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000375// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000376static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
377 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
378 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000379}
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +0000380static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
381 return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
382 ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +0000383}
384
385// isTrueWhenEqual - Return true if the specified setcondinst instruction is
386// true when both operands are equal...
387//
388static bool isTrueWhenEqual(Instruction &I) {
389 return I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
390 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE ||
391 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE;
392}
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000393
394/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
395/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
396/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
397/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
398/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
399/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
400/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
401///
402template<typename Functor>
403Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
404 unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
405 Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
406
407 // Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
408 if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
409 return F.apply(Root);
410
411 // Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
412 Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000413 while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000414 // Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
415 bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
416
417 // If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
418 if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
419 cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
420 ShouldApply = true;
421 }
422
423 // If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
424 // reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
425 if (ShouldApply) {
426 BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000427
428 // Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
429 // and perform the reassociation.
430 Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
431
432 // First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
433 Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
434
435 // Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
436 Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000437 if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
Chris Lattner8953b902004-04-05 02:10:19 +0000438 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
439 return 0;
440 }
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000441 Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000442 TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000443 TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
444 BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
445 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
446 ARI = Root;
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000447
448 // Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
449 // get to LHSI.
450 while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
451 Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner284d3b02004-04-16 18:08:07 +0000452 // Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
453 // constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
454 NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
455 BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
456 ARI = NextLHSI;
457
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000458 Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
459 NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
460 TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
461 ExtraOperand = NextOp;
462 }
463
464 // Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
465 // the transformation...
466 return F.apply(Root);
467 }
468
469 LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
470 }
471 return 0;
472}
473
474
475// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
476struct AddRHS {
477 Value *RHS;
478 AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
479 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
480 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
481 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
482 ConstantInt::get(Type::UByteTy, 1));
483 }
484};
485
486// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
487// iff C1&C2 == 0
488struct AddMaskingAnd {
489 Constant *C2;
490 AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
491 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000492 ConstantInt *C1;
493 return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
494 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000495 }
496 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000497 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000498 }
499};
500
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000501static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000502 InstCombiner *IC) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000503 if (isa<CastInst>(I)) {
504 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
505 return ConstantExpr::getCast(SOC, I.getType());
506
507 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SO, I.getType(),
508 SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
509 }
510
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000511 // Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000512 bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
513 Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000514
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000515 if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
516 if (ConstIsRHS)
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000517 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
518 return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000519 }
520
521 Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
522 if (!ConstIsRHS)
523 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
524 Instruction *New;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000525 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
526 New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
527 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
528 New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000529 else {
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000530 assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
Chris Lattnerf9d96652004-04-10 19:15:56 +0000531 abort();
532 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000533 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
534}
535
536// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
537// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
538// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
539// not have a second operand.
540static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
541 InstCombiner *IC) {
542 // Don't modify shared select instructions
543 if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
544 Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
545 Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
546
547 if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
548 Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
549 Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
550
551 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
552 SelectFalseVal);
553 }
554 return 0;
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000555}
556
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000557
558/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
559/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
560/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
561Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
562 PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000563 unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
564 if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0 ||
565 !isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(0))) return 0;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000566
567 // Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If not, we
568 // cannot do the transformation.
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000569 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000570 if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i)))
571 return 0;
572
573 // Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
574 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
575 I.setName("");
576 NewPN->op_reserve(PN->getNumOperands());
577 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
578
579 // Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
580 if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
581 Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000582 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000583 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
584 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InV, C),
585 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
586 }
587 } else {
588 assert(isa<CastInst>(I) && "Unary op should be a cast!");
589 const Type *RetTy = I.getType();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +0000590 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000591 Constant *InV = cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
592 NewPN->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(InV, RetTy),
593 PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
594 }
595 }
596 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
597}
598
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000599Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000600 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000601 Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000602
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000603 if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000604 // X + undef -> undef
605 if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
606 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
607
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000608 // X + 0 --> X
609 if (!I.getType()->isFloatingPoint() && // -0 + +0 = +0, so it's not a noop
610 RHSC->isNullValue())
611 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
612
613 // X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
614 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
615 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
616 uint64_t Val = CI->getRawValue() & (1ULL << NumBits)-1;
Chris Lattner33eb9092004-11-05 04:45:43 +0000617 if (Val == (1ULL << (NumBits-1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000618 return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000619 }
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000620
621 if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
622 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
623 return NV;
Chris Lattnercf4a9962004-04-10 22:01:55 +0000624 }
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000625
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000626 // X + X --> X << 1
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000627 if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000628 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000629 }
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000630
Chris Lattner147e9752002-05-08 22:46:53 +0000631 // -A + B --> B - A
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000632 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000633 return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000634
635 // A + -B --> A - B
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000636 if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
637 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000638 return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000639
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000640 ConstantInt *C2;
641 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
642 if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
643 return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
644
645 // X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
646 ConstantInt *C1;
647 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
648 return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000649 }
650
651 // X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000652 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
653 return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
654
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000655
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000656 // (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000657 if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
Chris Lattnerb8b97502003-08-13 19:01:45 +0000658 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2))) return R;
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +0000659
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000660 if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000661 Value *X;
662 if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
663 Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
664 return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000665 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000666
Chris Lattnerbff91d92004-10-08 05:07:56 +0000667 // (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
668 if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
669 Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
670 if (Anded == CRHS) {
671 // See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
672 // in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
673 uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getRawValue();
674
675 // Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
676 uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
677 AddRHSHighBits &= (1ULL << C2->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
678
679 // See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
680 uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getRawValue();
681
682 if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
683 // Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
684 Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
685 LHS->getName()), I);
686 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
687 }
688 }
689 }
690
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000691 // Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
692 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000693 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000694 return R;
Chris Lattnerb9cde762003-10-02 15:11:26 +0000695 }
696
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000697 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000698}
699
Chris Lattnerbdb0ce02003-07-22 21:46:59 +0000700// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
701// highest order bit set.
702static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
703 unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
704 return (CI->getRawValue() & ~(-1LL << NumBits)) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
705}
706
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +0000707static unsigned getTypeSizeInBits(const Type *Ty) {
708 return Ty == Type::BoolTy ? 1 : Ty->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
709}
710
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000711/// RemoveNoopCast - Strip off nonconverting casts from the value.
712///
713static Value *RemoveNoopCast(Value *V) {
714 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V)) {
715 const Type *CTy = CI->getType();
716 const Type *OpTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
717 if (CTy->isInteger() && OpTy->isInteger()) {
718 if (CTy->getPrimitiveSize() == OpTy->getPrimitiveSize())
719 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
720 } else if (isa<PointerType>(CTy) && isa<PointerType>(OpTy))
721 return RemoveNoopCast(CI->getOperand(0));
722 }
723 return V;
724}
725
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000726Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000727 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000728
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000729 if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
730 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000731
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000732 // If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +0000733 if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000734 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
Chris Lattner9fa53de2002-05-06 16:49:18 +0000735
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000736 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
737 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
738 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
739 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
740
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000741 if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
742 // Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000743 if (C->isAllOnesValue())
744 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000745
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000746 // C - ~X == X + (1+C)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +0000747 Value *X;
748 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
749 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000750 ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000751 // -((uint)X >> 31) -> ((int)X >> 31)
752 // -((int)X >> 31) -> ((uint)X >> 31)
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000753 if (C->isNullValue()) {
754 Value *NoopCastedRHS = RemoveNoopCast(Op1);
755 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(NoopCastedRHS))
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000756 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shr)
757 if (ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
758 const Type *NewTy;
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000759 if (SI->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000760 NewTy = SI->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000761 else
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000762 NewTy = SI->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000763 // Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000764 if (CU->getValue() == SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1) {
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000765 // Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert a cast of the incoming
766 // value, then the new shift, then the new cast.
767 Instruction *FirstCast = new CastInst(SI->getOperand(0), NewTy,
768 SI->getOperand(0)->getName());
769 Value *InV = InsertNewInstBefore(FirstCast, I);
770 Instruction *NewShift = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, FirstCast,
771 CU, SI->getName());
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000772 if (NewShift->getType() == I.getType())
773 return NewShift;
774 else {
775 InV = InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
776 return new CastInst(NewShift, I.getType());
777 }
Chris Lattner92295c52004-03-12 23:53:13 +0000778 }
779 }
Chris Lattner022167f2004-03-13 00:11:49 +0000780 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000781
782 // Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
783 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000784 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000785 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000786
787 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
788 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
789 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +0000790 }
791
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000792 if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +0000793 if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000794 // Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
795 // is not used by anyone else...
796 //
Chris Lattnerc2f0aa52004-02-02 20:09:56 +0000797 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
798 !Op1I->getType()->isFloatingPoint()) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000799 // Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
800 Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
801 Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
802 Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
803
804 // Create the new top level add instruction...
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000805 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000806 }
807
808 // Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
809 //
810 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
811 (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
812 Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
813
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +0000814 Value *NewNot =
815 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000816 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000817 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000818
Chris Lattner0aee4b72004-10-06 15:08:25 +0000819 // -(X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
820 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
821 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
822 if (CSI->getValue() == 0)
823 if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
824 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
825 ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
826
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000827 // X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000828 ConstantInt *C2;
829 if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
830 Constant *CP1 =
831 ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000832 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000833 }
Chris Lattnerad3c4952002-05-09 01:29:19 +0000834 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000835
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000836
837 ConstantInt *C1;
838 if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
839 if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
840 Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
841 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
842 }
Chris Lattner57c8d992003-02-18 19:57:07 +0000843
Chris Lattner8c3e7b92004-11-13 19:50:12 +0000844 ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
845 if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
846 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
847 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +0000848 return 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000849}
850
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000851/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded setcc instruction, return true if it is
852/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
853static bool isSignBitCheck(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, ConstantInt *RHS) {
854 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned()) {
855 // True if source is LHS < 0 or LHS <= -1
856 return Opcode == Instruction::SetLT && RHS->isNullValue() ||
857 Opcode == Instruction::SetLE && RHS->isAllOnesValue();
858 } else {
859 ConstantUInt *RHSC = cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS);
860 // True if source is LHS > 127 or LHS >= 128, where the constants depend on
861 // the size of the integer type.
862 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGE)
863 return RHSC->getValue() == 1ULL<<(RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1);
864 if (Opcode == Instruction::SetGT)
865 return RHSC->getValue() ==
866 (1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1))-1;
867 }
868 return false;
869}
870
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000871Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +0000872 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000873 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000874
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000875 if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
876 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
877
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000878 // Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000879 if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
880 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +0000881
882 // ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
883 if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
884 if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
885 if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000886 return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
887 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +0000888
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000889 if (CI->isNullValue())
890 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
891 if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
892 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
893 if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
Chris Lattner35236d82003-06-25 17:09:20 +0000894 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000895
Chris Lattnercce81be2003-09-11 22:24:54 +0000896 int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000897 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val)) // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
898 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
899 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Robert Bocchino7b5b86c2004-07-27 21:02:21 +0000900 } else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000901 if (Op1F->isNullValue())
902 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattner31ba1292002-04-29 22:24:47 +0000903
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000904 // "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
905 // ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
906 if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
907 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
908 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000909
910 // Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
911 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +0000912 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +0000913 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +0000914
915 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
916 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
917 return NV;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000918 }
919
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000920 if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
921 if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000922 return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
Chris Lattner934a64cf2003-03-10 23:23:04 +0000923
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000924 // If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
925 // we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
926 // See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
927 // formed.
928 CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
929 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
930 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
931 BoolCast = CI;
932 if (!BoolCast)
933 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
934 if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::BoolTy)
935 BoolCast = CI;
936 if (BoolCast) {
937 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
938 Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
939 const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
940
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000941 // If the setcc is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
942 // multiply into a shift/and combination.
943 if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
944 isSignBitCheck(SCI->getOpcode(), SCIOp0, cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000945 // Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
946 Constant *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
947 SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1);
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000948 if (SCIOp0->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +0000949 const Type *NewTy = SCIOp0->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000950 SCIOp0 = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(SCIOp0, NewTy,
951 SCIOp0->getName()), I);
952 }
953
954 Value *V =
955 InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, SCIOp0, Amt,
956 BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
957 ".mask"), I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000958
959 // If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
960 // or truncate to the multiply type.
961 if (I.getType() != V->getType())
Chris Lattnere79e8542004-02-23 06:38:22 +0000962 V = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, I.getType(), V->getName()),I);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000963
964 Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +0000965 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
Chris Lattner2635b522004-02-23 05:39:21 +0000966 }
967 }
968 }
969
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000970 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +0000971}
972
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +0000973Instruction *InstCombiner::visitDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000974 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +0000975
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000976 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef / X -> 0
977 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
978 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
979 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X / undef -> undef
980
981 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000982 // div X, 1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +0000983 if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000984 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000985
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000986 // div X, -1 == -X
987 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000988 return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
Chris Lattnere20c3342004-04-26 14:01:59 +0000989
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +0000990 if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +0000991 if (LHS->getOpcode() == Instruction::Div)
992 if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +0000993 // (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
994 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHS->getOperand(0),
995 ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
996 }
997
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +0000998 // Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
999 // if so, convert to a right shift.
1000 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1001 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X / 0
1002 if (uint64_t C = Log2(Val))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001003 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001004 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, C));
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001005
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001006 // -X/C -> X/-C
1007 if (RHS->getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001008 if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
Chris Lattner4ad08352004-10-09 02:50:40 +00001009 return BinaryOperator::createDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
1010
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001011 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1012 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001013 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001014 return R;
1015 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1016 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1017 return NV;
1018 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001019 }
1020
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001021 // If this is 'udiv X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1022 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (udiv X, C1) : (udiv X, C2))'.
1023 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1024 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1025 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1026 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1027 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
1028 return &I;
1029 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1030 I.setOperand(1, STO);
1031 return &I;
1032 }
1033
1034 if (uint64_t TSA = Log2(STO->getValue()))
1035 if (uint64_t FSA = Log2(SFO->getValue())) {
1036 Constant *TC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TSA);
1037 Instruction *TSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1038 TC, SI->getName()+".t");
1039 TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
1040
1041 Constant *FC = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, FSA);
1042 Instruction *FSI = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, Op0,
1043 FC, SI->getName()+".f");
1044 FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
1045 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI);
1046 }
1047 }
1048
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001049 // 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001050 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001051 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
1052 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1053
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001054 return 0;
1055}
1056
1057
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001058Instruction *InstCombiner::visitRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001059 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001060 if (I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001061 if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
Chris Lattner98c6bdf2004-07-06 07:11:42 +00001062 if (!isa<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg) ||
Chris Lattner8e726062004-08-09 21:05:48 +00001063 cast<ConstantSInt>(RHSNeg)->getValue() > 0) {
Chris Lattner7fd5f072004-07-06 07:01:22 +00001064 // X % -Y -> X % Y
1065 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
1066 I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
1067 return &I;
1068 }
1069
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001070 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001071 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001072 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1073 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001074
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001075 if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001076 if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
1077 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1078
1079 // Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
1080 // if so, convert to a bitwise and.
1081 if (ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(RHS))
1082 if (uint64_t Val = C->getValue()) // Don't break X % 0 (divide by zero)
Chris Lattnerd9e58132004-05-07 15:35:56 +00001083 if (!(Val & (Val-1))) // Power of 2
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001084 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1085 ConstantUInt::get(I.getType(), Val-1));
1086
1087 if (!RHS->isNullValue()) {
1088 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001089 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001090 return R;
1091 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1092 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1093 return NV;
1094 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001095 }
1096
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001097 // If this is 'urem X, (Cond ? C1, C2)' where C1&C2 are powers of two,
1098 // transform this into: '(Cond ? (urem X, C1) : (urem X, C2))'.
1099 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
1100 if (ConstantUInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
1101 if (ConstantUInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
1102 if (STO->getValue() == 0) { // Couldn't be this argument.
1103 I.setOperand(1, SFO);
1104 return &I;
1105 } else if (SFO->getValue() == 0) {
1106 I.setOperand(1, STO);
1107 return &I;
1108 }
1109
1110 if (!(STO->getValue() & (STO->getValue()-1)) &&
1111 !(SFO->getValue() & (SFO->getValue()-1))) {
1112 Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1113 SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
1114 Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0,
1115 SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
1116 return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
1117 }
1118 }
1119
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001120 // 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
Chris Lattnerbf5b7cf2004-12-12 21:48:58 +00001121 if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001122 if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001123 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1124
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001125 return 0;
1126}
1127
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001128// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001129static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001130 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C)) {
1131 // Calculate -1 casted to the right type...
1132 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1133 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones
1134 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1135 return CU->getValue() == Val-1;
1136 }
1137
1138 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
1139
1140 // Calculate 0111111111..11111
1141 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1142 int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
1143 Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
1144 return CS->getValue() == Val-1;
1145}
1146
1147// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001148static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001149 if (const ConstantUInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(C))
1150 return CU->getValue() == 1;
1151
1152 const ConstantSInt *CS = cast<ConstantSInt>(C);
1153
1154 // Calculate 1111111111000000000000
1155 unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
1156 int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
1157 Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
1158 return CS->getValue() == Val+1;
1159}
1160
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001161// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
1162// constant.
1163static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1164 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1165 return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
1166}
1167
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00001168#if 0 // Currently unused
1169// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
1170static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1171 uint64_t V = CI->getRawValue();
1172
1173 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1174 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1175
1176 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1177 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1178}
1179#endif
1180
1181// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
1182// This is the same as lowones(~X).
1183static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
1184 uint64_t V = ~CI->getRawValue();
1185
1186 // There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
1187 V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getRawValue();
1188
1189 uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
1190 return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
1191}
1192
1193
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001194/// getSetCondCode - Encode a setcc opcode into a three bit mask. These bits
1195/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
1196///
1197/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
1198///
1199/// Bit value '4' represents that the comparison is true if A > B, bit value '2'
1200/// represents that the comparison is true if A == B, and bit value '1' is true
1201/// if A < B.
1202///
1203static unsigned getSetCondCode(const SetCondInst *SCI) {
1204 switch (SCI->getOpcode()) {
1205 // False -> 0
1206 case Instruction::SetGT: return 1;
1207 case Instruction::SetEQ: return 2;
1208 case Instruction::SetGE: return 3;
1209 case Instruction::SetLT: return 4;
1210 case Instruction::SetNE: return 5;
1211 case Instruction::SetLE: return 6;
1212 // True -> 7
1213 default:
1214 assert(0 && "Invalid SetCC opcode!");
1215 return 0;
1216 }
1217}
1218
1219/// getSetCCValue - This is the complement of getSetCondCode, which turns an
1220/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand new
1221/// SetCC instruction.
1222static Value *getSetCCValue(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
1223 switch (Opcode) {
1224 case 0: return ConstantBool::False;
1225 case 1: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHS, RHS);
1226 case 2: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, LHS, RHS);
1227 case 3: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, LHS, RHS);
1228 case 4: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHS, RHS);
1229 case 5: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, LHS, RHS);
1230 case 6: return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLE, LHS, RHS);
1231 case 7: return ConstantBool::True;
1232 default: assert(0 && "Illegal SetCCCode!"); return 0;
1233 }
1234}
1235
1236// FoldSetCCLogical - Implements (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
1237struct FoldSetCCLogical {
1238 InstCombiner &IC;
1239 Value *LHS, *RHS;
1240 FoldSetCCLogical(InstCombiner &ic, SetCondInst *SCI)
1241 : IC(ic), LHS(SCI->getOperand(0)), RHS(SCI->getOperand(1)) {}
1242 bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
1243 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(V))
1244 return (SCI->getOperand(0) == LHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
1245 SCI->getOperand(0) == RHS && SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1246 return false;
1247 }
1248 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Log) const {
1249 SetCondInst *SCI = cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
1250 if (SCI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
1251 assert(SCI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
1252 SCI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the SetCC
1253 }
1254
1255 unsigned LHSCode = getSetCondCode(SCI);
1256 unsigned RHSCode = getSetCondCode(cast<SetCondInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
1257 unsigned Code;
1258 switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
1259 case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
1260 case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
1261 case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
Chris Lattner2caaaba2003-09-22 20:33:34 +00001262 default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001263 }
1264
1265 Value *RV = getSetCCValue(Code, LHS, RHS);
1266 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
1267 return I;
1268 // Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
1269 return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
1270 }
1271};
1272
1273
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001274/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
1275/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. V and Mask are known to
1276/// be the same type.
1277static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, ConstantIntegral *Mask) {
1278 if (isa<UndefValue>(V) || Mask->isNullValue())
1279 return true;
1280 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(V))
1281 return ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue();
1282
1283 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
1284 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
1285 case Instruction::And:
1286 // (X & C1) & C2 == 0 iff C1 & C2 == 0.
1287 if (ConstantIntegral *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(I->getOperand(1)))
1288 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI, Mask)->isNullValue())
1289 return true;
1290 break;
1291 case Instruction::Cast: {
1292 const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
1293 if (SrcTy->isIntegral()) {
1294 // (cast <ty> X to int) & C2 == 0 iff <ty> could not have contained C2.
1295 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned() && // Only handle zero ext.
1296 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, SrcTy)->isNullValue())
1297 return true;
1298
1299 // If this is a noop cast, recurse.
1300 if (SrcTy != Type::BoolTy)
1301 if ((SrcTy->isSigned() && SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion() ==I->getType()) ||
1302 SrcTy->getSignedVersion() == I->getType()) {
1303 Constant *NewMask =
1304 ConstantExpr::getCast(Mask, I->getOperand(0)->getType());
1305 return MaskedValueIsZero(I->getOperand(0),
1306 cast<ConstantIntegral>(NewMask));
1307 }
1308 }
1309 break;
1310 }
1311 case Instruction::Shl:
1312 // (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 << C1) & C2 == 0
1313 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
1314 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1315 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C1, SA);
1316 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1317 if (C1->isNullValue())
1318 return true;
1319 }
1320 break;
1321 case Instruction::Shr:
1322 // (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
1323 if (ConstantUInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(I->getOperand(1)))
1324 if (I->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1325 Constant *C1 = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
1326 C1 = ConstantExpr::getShr(C1, SA);
1327 C1 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, Mask);
1328 if (C1->isNullValue())
1329 return true;
1330 }
1331 break;
1332 }
1333 }
1334
1335 return false;
1336}
1337
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001338// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
1339// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
1340// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
1341Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
1342 ConstantIntegral *OpRHS,
1343 ConstantIntegral *AndRHS,
1344 BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
1345 Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerfcf21a72004-01-12 19:47:05 +00001346 Constant *Together = 0;
1347 if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001348 Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001349
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001350 switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
1351 case Instruction::Xor:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001352 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001353 // (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
1354 std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001355 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001356 InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001357 return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001358 }
1359 break;
1360 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001361 if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
1362 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001363
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001364 if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
1365 // (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
1366 std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1367 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
1368 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
1369 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001370 }
1371 break;
1372 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001373 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001374 // Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
1375 // of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
1376 // single bit constant.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001377 uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001378
1379 // Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
1380 AndRHSV &= (1ULL << AndRHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
1381
1382 // If there is only one bit set...
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001383 if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001384 // Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
1385 // ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
1386 // no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00001387 uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getRawValue();
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001388
1389 // Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
1390 if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
1391 // If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
1392 // the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
1393 // the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
1394 // no effect.
1395 if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
1396 TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
1397 return &TheAnd;
1398 } else {
1399 std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
1400 // Pull the XOR out of the AND.
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001401 Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001402 InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001403 return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001404 }
1405 }
1406 }
1407 }
1408 break;
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001409
1410 case Instruction::Shl: {
1411 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1412 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
1413 //
1414 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001415 Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
1416 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
1417
1418 if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
1419 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
1420 } else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001421 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
1422 return &TheAnd;
1423 }
1424 break;
1425 }
1426 case Instruction::Shr:
1427 // We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
1428 // the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
1429 // unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
1430 //
1431 if (AndRHS->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
1432 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001433 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1434 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
1435
1436 if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
1437 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
1438 } else if (CI != AndRHS) {
1439 TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001440 return &TheAnd;
1441 }
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001442 } else { // Signed shr.
1443 // See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
1444 // with an and.
1445 if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
1446 Constant *AllOne = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
1447 Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
1448 Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
Chris Lattner5c3c21e2004-10-22 04:53:16 +00001449 if (CI == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001450 // Make the argument unsigned.
1451 Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
1452 ShVal = InsertCastBefore(ShVal,
1453 ShVal->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1454 TheAnd);
1455 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shr, ShVal,
1456 OpRHS, Op->getName()),
1457 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner70c20392004-10-27 05:57:15 +00001458 Value *AndRHS2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndRHS, ShVal->getType());
1459 ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS2,
1460 TheAnd.getName()),
1461 TheAnd);
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00001462 return new CastInst(ShVal, Op->getType());
1463 }
1464 }
Chris Lattner2da29172003-09-19 19:05:02 +00001465 }
1466 break;
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001467 }
1468 return 0;
1469}
1470
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001471
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001472/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
1473/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
1474/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. IB is the location to
1475/// insert new instructions.
1476Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
1477 bool Inside, Instruction &IB) {
1478 assert(cast<ConstantBool>(ConstantExpr::getSetLE(Lo, Hi))->getValue() &&
1479 "Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
1480 if (Inside) {
1481 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
1482 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetNE, V, V);
1483 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue())
1484 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, V, Hi);
1485
1486 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1487 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST,V->getName()+".off");
1488 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1489 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1490 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1491 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1492 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1493 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1494 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1495 }
1496
1497 if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
1498 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetEQ, V, V);
1499
1500 Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
1501 if (cast<ConstantIntegral>(Lo)->isMinValue()) // V < 0 || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
1502 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, V, Hi);
1503
1504 // Emit X-Lo > Hi-Lo-1
1505 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
1506 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, AddCST, V->getName()+".off");
1507 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
1508 // Convert to unsigned for the comparison.
1509 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1510 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, IB);
1511 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getAdd(AddCST, Hi);
1512 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1513 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1514}
1515
1516
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001517Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001518 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001519 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001520
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001521 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
1522 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1523
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001524 // and X, X = X
1525 if (Op0 == Op1)
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001526 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001527
1528 // and X, -1 == X
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001529 if (ConstantIntegral *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
1530 if (AndRHS->isAllOnesValue()) // and X, -1 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001531 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001532
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001533 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, AndRHS)) // LHS & RHS == 0
1534 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1535
1536 // If the mask is not masking out any bits, there is no reason to do the
1537 // and in the first place.
1538 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1539 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(AndRHS))))
1540 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
1541
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001542 // Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
1543 if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
1544 Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001545 Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
1546 Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
1547 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1548 case Instruction::Xor:
1549 case Instruction::Or:
1550 // (X ^ V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1551 // (X | V) & C2 --> (X & C2) iff (V & C2) == 0
1552 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS))
1553 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS);
1554 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1555 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS);
1556 break;
1557 case Instruction::And:
1558 // (X & V) & C2 --> 0 iff (V & C2) == 0
1559 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, AndRHS) ||
1560 MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, AndRHS))
1561 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1562 break;
1563 }
1564
Chris Lattner16464b32003-07-23 19:25:52 +00001565 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001566 if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
Chris Lattnerba1cb382003-09-19 17:17:26 +00001567 return Res;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001568 } else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
1569 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
1570
1571 // If this is an integer sign or zero extension instruction.
1572 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() &&
1573 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
1574
1575 if (SrcTy->isUnsigned()) {
1576 // See if this and is clearing out bits that are known to be zero
1577 // anyway (due to the zero extension).
1578 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1579 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1580 Constant *Result = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS);
1581 if (Result == Mask) // The "and" isn't doing anything, remove it.
1582 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CI);
1583 if (Result != AndRHS) { // Reduce the and RHS constant.
1584 I.setOperand(1, Result);
1585 return &I;
1586 }
1587
1588 } else {
1589 if (CI->hasOneUse() && SrcTy->isInteger()) {
1590 // We can only do this if all of the sign bits brought in are masked
1591 // out. Compute this by first getting 0000011111, then inverting
1592 // it.
1593 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
1594 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType());
1595 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the new bits.
1596 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(Mask, AndRHS)->isNullValue()) {
1597 // If the and is clearing all of the sign bits, change this to a
1598 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
1599 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
1600 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
1601 Instruction *NC =
1602 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
1603 CI->getName()+".uns");
1604 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1605 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
1606 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
1607 CI->setName("");
1608 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
1609 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
1610 I.setOperand(0, NC);
1611 return &I; // The AND operand was modified.
1612 }
1613 }
1614 }
1615 }
Chris Lattner33217db2003-07-23 19:36:21 +00001616 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001617
1618 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1619 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001620 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001621 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001622 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1623 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1624 return NV;
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001625 }
1626
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001627 Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
1628 Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001629
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001630 if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
1631 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
1632
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001633 // (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00001634 if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001635 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
1636 I.getName()+".demorgan");
Chris Lattner49b47ae2003-07-23 17:57:01 +00001637 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001638 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
1639 }
1640
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001641 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op1)) {
1642 // (setcc1 A, B) & (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001643 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1644 return R;
1645
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001646 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1647 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1648 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1649 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1650 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1651 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) & (X setcc C2)
1652 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
1653 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
1654 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1655 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1656 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1657 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1658 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1659 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1660 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1661 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1662 }
1663
1664 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1665 // comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
1666 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1667 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1668 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1669 // equal.
1670 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1671
1672 switch (LHSCC) {
1673 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1674 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1675 switch (RHSCC) {
1676 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1677 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
1678 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
1679 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1680 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
1681 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
1682 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1683 }
1684 case Instruction::SetNE:
1685 switch (RHSCC) {
1686 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1687 case Instruction::SetLT:
1688 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X < 14) -> X < 13
1689 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1690 break; // (X != 13 & X < 15) -> no change
1691 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
1692 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1693 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1694 case Instruction::SetNE:
1695 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
1696 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1697 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1698 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1699 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1700 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1701 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1702 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(RHSCst, LHSCst);
1703 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1704 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1705 }
1706 break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
1707 }
1708 break;
1709 case Instruction::SetLT:
1710 switch (RHSCC) {
1711 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1712 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 & X == 15) -> false
1713 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 & X > 15) -> false
1714 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
1715 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
1716 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 & X < 15) -> X < 13
1717 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1718 }
1719 case Instruction::SetGT:
1720 switch (RHSCC) {
1721 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1722 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
1723 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1724 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 & X > 15) -> X > 15
1725 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1726 case Instruction::SetNE:
1727 if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X > 13 & X != 14) -> X > 14
1728 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, RHSCst);
1729 break; // (X > 13 & X != 15) -> no change
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001730 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 & X < 15) -> (X-14) <u 1
1731 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true, I);
Chris Lattner623826c2004-09-28 21:48:02 +00001732 }
1733 }
1734 }
1735 }
1736
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001737 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001738}
1739
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001740Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001741 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001742 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001743
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001744 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1745 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
1746 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1747
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001748 // or X, X = X or X, 0 == X
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001749 if (Op0 == Op1 || Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()))
1750 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001751
1752 // or X, -1 == -1
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001753 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001754 // If X is known to only contain bits that already exist in RHS, just
1755 // replace this instruction with RHS directly.
1756 if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
1757 cast<ConstantIntegral>(ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS))))
1758 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001759
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001760 ConstantInt *C1; Value *X;
1761 // (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
1762 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1763 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1764 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1765 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1766 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
1767 }
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001768
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001769 // (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
1770 if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
1771 std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
1772 Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
1773 InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
1774 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
1775 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001776 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001777
1778 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1779 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001780 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001781 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00001782 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
1783 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
1784 return NV;
Chris Lattner8f0d1562003-07-23 18:29:44 +00001785 }
1786
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001787 // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001788 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
1789 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
1790 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) && A == B)
1791 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
Chris Lattner812aab72003-08-12 19:11:07 +00001792
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001793 if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
1794 if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
1795 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
1796 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
1797 } else {
1798 A = 0;
1799 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001800
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001801 if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
1802 if (Op0 == B)
1803 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
1804 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001805
Misha Brukman9c003d82004-07-30 12:50:08 +00001806 // (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00001807 if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
1808 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
1809 I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
1810 return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
1811 }
Chris Lattner3e327a42003-03-10 23:13:59 +00001812 }
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00001813
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001814 // (setcc1 A, B) | (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001815 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00001816 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
1817 return R;
1818
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001819 Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
1820 ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
1821 Instruction::BinaryOps LHSCC, RHSCC;
1822 if (match(Op0, m_SetCond(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
1823 if (match(RHS, m_SetCond(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
1824 if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X setcc C1) | (X setcc C2)
1825 // Set[GL]E X, CST is folded to Set[GL]T elsewhere.
1826 LHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && LHSCC != Instruction::SetLE &&
1827 RHSCC != Instruction::SetGE && RHSCC != Instruction::SetLE) {
1828 // Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
1829 Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getSetGT(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1830 SetCondInst *LHS = cast<SetCondInst>(Op0);
1831 if (cast<ConstantBool>(Cmp)->getValue()) {
1832 std::swap(LHS, RHS);
1833 std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
1834 std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
1835 }
1836
1837 // At this point, we know we have have two setcc instructions
1838 // comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
1839 // together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
1840 // SetEQ, SetNE, SetLT, and SetGT here. We also know (from the
1841 // FoldSetCCLogical check above), that the two constants are not
1842 // equal.
1843 assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
1844
1845 switch (LHSCC) {
1846 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1847 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1848 switch (RHSCC) {
1849 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1850 case Instruction::SetEQ:
1851 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
1852 Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
1853 Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
1854 LHSVal->getName()+".off");
1855 InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
1856 const Type *UnsType = Add->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
1857 Value *OffsetVal = InsertCastBefore(Add, UnsType, I);
1858 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
1859 AddCST = ConstantExpr::getCast(AddCST, UnsType);
1860 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, OffsetVal, AddCST);
1861 }
1862 break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
1863
1864 case Instruction::SetGT:
1865 if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X == 13 | X > 14) -> X > 13
1866 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
1867 break; // (X == 13 | X > 15) -> no change
1868 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1869 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X == 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1870 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1871 }
1872 break;
1873 case Instruction::SetNE:
1874 switch (RHSCC) {
1875 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1876 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X != 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1877 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1878 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
1879 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X != 13 | X > 15) -> X != 13
1880 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1881 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
1882 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1883 }
1884 break;
1885 case Instruction::SetLT:
1886 switch (RHSCC) {
1887 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1888 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X < 13 | X == 14) -> no change
1889 break;
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00001890 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X < 13 | X > 15) -> (X-13) > 2
1891 return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false, I);
Chris Lattnerdcf756e2004-09-28 22:33:08 +00001892 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X < 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
1893 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X < 13 | X < 15) -> X < 15
1894 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
1895 }
1896 break;
1897 case Instruction::SetGT:
1898 switch (RHSCC) {
1899 default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
1900 case Instruction::SetEQ: // (X > 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
1901 case Instruction::SetGT: // (X > 13 | X > 15) -> X > 13
1902 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
1903 case Instruction::SetNE: // (X > 13 | X != 15) -> true
1904 case Instruction::SetLT: // (X > 13 | X < 15) -> true
1905 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
1906 }
1907 }
1908 }
1909 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001910 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001911}
1912
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001913// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
1914struct XorSelf {
1915 Value *RHS;
1916 XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
1917 bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
1918 Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
1919 return &Xor;
1920 }
1921};
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001922
1923
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001924Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00001925 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00001926 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001927
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00001928 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
1929 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
1930
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001931 // xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
1932 if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
1933 assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001934 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
Chris Lattnerc2076352004-02-16 01:20:27 +00001935 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00001936
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001937 if (ConstantIntegral *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantIntegral>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001938 // xor X, 0 == X
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001939 if (RHS->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00001940 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00001941
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001942 if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001943 // xor (setcc A, B), true = not (setcc A, B) = setncc A, B
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001944 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(Op0I))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00001945 if (RHS == ConstantBool::True && SCI->hasOneUse())
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001946 return new SetCondInst(SCI->getInverseCondition(),
1947 SCI->getOperand(0), SCI->getOperand(1));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001948
Chris Lattner8f2f5982003-11-05 01:06:05 +00001949 // ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001950 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
1951 if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001952 Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
1953 Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001954 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001955 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001956 }
Chris Lattner023a4832004-06-18 06:07:51 +00001957
1958 // ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
1959 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
1960 if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
1961 if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
1962 Instruction *NotY =
1963 BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
1964 Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
1965 InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
1966 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
1967 }
1968 }
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001969
1970 if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001971 switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
1972 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00001973 // ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001974 if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001975 Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
1976 return BinaryOperator::createSub(
1977 ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001978 ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
Chris Lattner0f68fa62003-11-04 23:37:10 +00001979 Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00001980 }
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001981 break;
1982 case Instruction::And:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001983 // (X & C1) ^ C2 --> (X & C1) | C2 iff (C1&C2) == 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001984 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI)->isNullValue())
1985 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, RHS);
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001986 break;
1987 case Instruction::Or:
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001988 // (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00001989 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(RHS, Op0CI) == RHS)
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00001990 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS));
Chris Lattnere5806662003-11-04 23:50:51 +00001991 break;
1992 default: break;
Chris Lattner97638592003-07-23 21:37:07 +00001993 }
Chris Lattnerb8d6e402002-08-20 18:24:26 +00001994 }
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001995
1996 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
1997 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00001998 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00001999 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002000 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
2001 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2002 return NV;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002003 }
2004
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002005 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002006 if (X == Op1)
2007 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2008 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2009
Chris Lattnerbb74e222003-03-10 23:06:50 +00002010 if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
Chris Lattner3082c5a2003-02-18 19:28:33 +00002011 if (X == Op0)
2012 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
2013 ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
2014
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002015 if (Instruction *Op1I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op1))
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002016 if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002017 if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
2018 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1I)->swapOperands();
2019 I.swapOperands();
2020 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
2021 } else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
2022 I.swapOperands();
2023 std::swap(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002024 }
2025 } else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2026 if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
2027 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
2028 else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
2029 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
2030 }
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002031
2032 if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002033 if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002034 if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
2035 cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->swapOperands();
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002036 if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00002037 Value *NotB = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1,
2038 Op1->getName()+".not"), I);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002039 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002040 }
Chris Lattnerb36d9082004-02-16 03:54:20 +00002041 } else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
2042 if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
2043 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
2044 else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
2045 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner1bbb7b62003-03-10 18:24:17 +00002046 }
2047
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002048 // (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002049 Value *A, *B; ConstantInt *C1, *C2;
2050 if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
2051 match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2))) &&
Chris Lattner7aa2d472004-08-01 19:42:59 +00002052 ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00002053 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner7fb29e12003-03-11 00:12:48 +00002054
Chris Lattner3ac7c262003-08-13 20:16:26 +00002055 // (setcc1 A, B) ^ (setcc2 A, B) --> (setcc3 A, B)
2056 if (SetCondInst *RHS = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
2057 if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldSetCCLogical(*this, RHS)))
2058 return R;
2059
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002060 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002061}
2062
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002063/// MulWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1*In2, returning true if the result
2064/// overflowed for this type.
2065static bool MulWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2066 ConstantInt *In2) {
2067 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(In1, In2));
2068 return !In2->isNullValue() && ConstantExpr::getDiv(Result, In2) != In1;
2069}
2070
2071static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
2072 return cast<ConstantSInt>(C)->getValue() >= 0;
2073}
2074
2075/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
2076/// overflowed for this type.
2077static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
2078 ConstantInt *In2) {
2079 Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
2080
2081 if (In1->getType()->isUnsigned())
2082 return cast<ConstantUInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2083 cast<ConstantUInt>(In1)->getValue();
2084 if (isPositive(In1) != isPositive(In2))
2085 return false;
2086 if (isPositive(In1))
2087 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() <
2088 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2089 return cast<ConstantSInt>(Result)->getValue() >
2090 cast<ConstantSInt>(In1)->getValue();
2091}
2092
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002093/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
2094/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
2095/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
2096static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
2097 TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
2098 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
2099 const Type *UIntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
2100 const Type *SIntPtrTy = UIntPtrTy->getSignedVersion();
2101 Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(SIntPtrTy);
2102
2103 // Build a mask for high order bits.
2104 uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL;
2105 PtrSizeMask >>= 64-(TD.getPointerSize()*8);
2106
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002107 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
2108 Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
Chris Lattnerd35d2102005-01-13 23:26:48 +00002109 uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002110 Constant *Scale = ConstantExpr::getCast(ConstantUInt::get(UIntPtrTy, Size),
2111 SIntPtrTy);
2112 if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
2113 if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002114 OpC = ConstantExpr::getCast(OpC, SIntPtrTy);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002115 Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
2116 if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
2117 Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
2118 else {
2119 // Emit an add instruction.
2120 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
2121 BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
2122 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2123 }
2124 }
2125 } else {
Chris Lattner7aa41cf2005-01-14 17:17:59 +00002126 // Convert to correct type.
2127 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, SIntPtrTy,
2128 Op->getName()+".c"), I);
2129 if (Size != 1)
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002130 // We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
2131 Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
2132 GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002133
2134 // Emit an add instruction.
Chris Lattner4cb9fa32005-01-13 20:40:58 +00002135 Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002136 GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
2137 }
2138 }
2139 return Result;
2140}
2141
2142/// FoldGEPSetCC - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
2143/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
2144Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPSetCC(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
2145 Instruction::BinaryOps Cond,
2146 Instruction &I) {
2147 assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002148
2149 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS))
2150 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
2151 RHS = CI->getOperand(0);
2152
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002153 Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
2154 if (PtrBase == RHS) {
2155 // As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
2156 // OFFSET if this is a seteq or setne comparison, just return whether each
2157 // index is zero or not.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002158 if (Cond == Instruction::SetEQ || Cond == Instruction::SetNE) {
2159 Instruction *InVal = 0;
2160 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
2161 bool EmitIt = true;
2162 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))) {
2163 if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) // undef index -> undef.
2164 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
2165 if (C->isNullValue())
2166 EmitIt = false;
2167 else if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
2168 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2169 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetNE));
2170 }
2171
2172 if (EmitIt) {
2173 Instruction *Comp =
2174 new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(i),
2175 Constant::getNullValue(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()));
2176 if (InVal == 0)
2177 InVal = Comp;
2178 else {
2179 InVal = InsertNewInstBefore(InVal, I);
2180 InsertNewInstBefore(Comp, I);
2181 if (Cond == Instruction::SetNE) // True if any are unequal
2182 InVal = BinaryOperator::createOr(InVal, Comp);
2183 else // True if all are equal
2184 InVal = BinaryOperator::createAnd(InVal, Comp);
2185 }
2186 }
2187 }
2188
2189 if (InVal)
2190 return InVal;
2191 else
2192 ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here, all indexes = 0
2193 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2194 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002195
2196 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2197 // the result to fold to a constant!
2198 if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
2199 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
2200 Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2201 return new SetCondInst(Cond, Offset,
2202 Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
2203 }
2204 } else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
2205 if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0))
2206 return 0;
2207
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002208 // If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
2209 bool AllZeros = true;
2210 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2211 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2212 !cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2213 AllZeros = false;
2214 break;
2215 }
2216 if (AllZeros)
2217 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
2218 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Cond), I);
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002219
2220 // If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
Chris Lattner81e84172005-01-13 22:25:21 +00002221 AllZeros = true;
2222 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2223 if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
2224 !cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
2225 AllZeros = false;
2226 break;
2227 }
2228 if (AllZeros)
2229 return FoldGEPSetCC(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
2230
Chris Lattner4fa89822005-01-14 00:20:05 +00002231 if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
2232 // If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
2233 unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
2234 unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
2235 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2236 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
2237 if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType() !=
2238 GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()) {
2239 // Irreconsilable differences.
2240 NumDifferences = 2;
2241 break;
2242 } else {
2243 if (NumDifferences++) break;
2244 DiffOperand = i;
2245 }
2246 }
2247
2248 if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
2249 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
2250 ConstantBool::get(Cond == Instruction::SetEQ));
2251 else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
2252 return new SetCondInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand),
2253 GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand));
2254 }
2255 }
2256
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002257 // Only lower this if the setcc is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
2258 // the result to fold to a constant!
2259 if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
2260 (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
2261 // ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
2262 Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
2263 Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
2264 return new SetCondInst(Cond, L, R);
2265 }
2266 }
2267 return 0;
2268}
2269
2270
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002271Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSetCondInst(BinaryOperator &I) {
Chris Lattnerdcf240a2003-03-10 21:43:22 +00002272 bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002273 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
2274 const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002275
2276 // setcc X, X
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002277 if (Op0 == Op1)
2278 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
Chris Lattner1fc23f32002-05-09 20:11:54 +00002279
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002280 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X setcc undef -> undef
2281 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::BoolTy));
2282
Chris Lattner15ff1e12004-11-14 07:33:16 +00002283 // setcc <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
2284 // addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
2285 if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
2286 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
2287 (isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
2288 isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002289 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
2290
2291 // setcc's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
2292 if (Ty == Type::BoolTy) {
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002293 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2294 default: assert(0 && "Invalid setcc instruction!");
2295 case Instruction::SetEQ: { // seteq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002296 Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002297 InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002298 return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002299 }
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002300 case Instruction::SetNE:
2301 return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002302
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002303 case Instruction::SetGT:
2304 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setgt -> setlt
2305 // FALL THROUGH
2306 case Instruction::SetLT: { // setlt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
2307 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2308 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2309 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
2310 }
2311 case Instruction::SetGE:
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002312 std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change setge -> setle
Chris Lattner4456da62004-08-11 00:50:51 +00002313 // FALL THROUGH
2314 case Instruction::SetLE: { // setle bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
2315 Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
2316 InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
2317 return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
2318 }
2319 }
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002320 }
2321
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002322 // See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
2323 // can be folded into the comparison.
Chris Lattner6d14f2a2002-08-09 23:47:40 +00002324 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002325 // Check to see if we are comparing against the minimum or maximum value...
2326 if (CI->isMinValue()) {
2327 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN -> FALSE
2328 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2329 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN -> TRUE
2330 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2331 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MIN -> A == MIN
2332 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2333 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MIN -> A != MIN
2334 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2335
2336 } else if (CI->isMaxValue()) {
2337 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX -> FALSE
2338 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2339 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX -> TRUE
2340 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2341 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MAX -> A == MAX
2342 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, Op1);
2343 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MAX -> A != MAX
2344 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, Op1);
2345
2346 // Comparing against a value really close to min or max?
2347 } else if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI)) {
2348 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT) // A < MIN+1 -> A == MIN
2349 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2350 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE) // A >= MIN-1 -> A != MIN
2351 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2352
2353 } else if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI)) {
2354 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT) // A > MAX-1 -> A == MAX
2355 return BinaryOperator::createSetEQ(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2356 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE) // A <= MAX-1 -> A != MAX
2357 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2358 }
2359
2360 // If we still have a setle or setge instruction, turn it into the
2361 // appropriate setlt or setgt instruction. Since the border cases have
2362 // already been handled above, this requires little checking.
2363 //
2364 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLE)
2365 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(Op0, AddOne(CI));
2366 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGE)
2367 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(Op0, SubOne(CI));
2368
Chris Lattnere1e10e12004-05-25 06:32:08 +00002369 if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002370 switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00002371 case Instruction::PHI:
2372 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
2373 return NV;
2374 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002375 case Instruction::And:
2376 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
2377 LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
2378 // If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
2379 // could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
2380 // happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
2381 // access.
2382 ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
2383 ConstantUInt *ShAmt;
2384 ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
2385 ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
2386 const Type *Ty = LHSI->getType();
2387
2388 // We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
2389 // into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
2390 // rights, as they sign-extend.
2391 if (ShAmt) {
2392 bool CanFold = Shift->getOpcode() != Instruction::Shr ||
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002393 Shift->getType()->isUnsigned();
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002394 if (!CanFold) {
2395 // To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
2396 // of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
2397 Constant *OShAmt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy,
Chris Lattnerd8f5e2c2004-07-21 20:14:10 +00002398 Ty->getPrimitiveSize()*8-ShAmt->getValue());
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002399 Constant *ShVal =
2400 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Ty), OShAmt);
2401 if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
2402 CanFold = true;
2403 }
2404
2405 if (CanFold) {
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002406 Constant *NewCst;
2407 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2408 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt);
2409 else
2410 NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002411
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002412 // Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
2413 // compared.
2414 if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
2415 // If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
2416 // As a special case, check to see if this means that the
2417 // result is always true or false now.
2418 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
2419 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2420 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
2421 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2422 } else {
2423 I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
Chris Lattner6afc02f2004-09-28 17:54:07 +00002424 Constant *NewAndCST;
2425 if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
2426 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getUShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
2427 else
2428 NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
2429 LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002430 LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
2431 WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
2432 AddUsesToWorkList(I);
2433 return &I;
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00002434 }
2435 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002436 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002437 }
2438 break;
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002439
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002440 // (setcc (cast X to larger), CI)
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00002441 case Instruction::Cast:
2442 if (Instruction *R =
2443 visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(I,cast<CastInst>(LHSI),CI))
2444 return R;
Chris Lattnerbe7a69e2004-09-29 03:09:18 +00002445 break;
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002446
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002447 case Instruction::Shl: // (setcc (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
2448 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2449 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2450 default: break;
2451 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2452 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2453 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2454 // comparison cannot succeed.
2455 Constant *Comp =
2456 ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2457 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2458 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2459 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2460 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2461 }
2462
2463 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
2464 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002465 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002466 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2467 uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
2468
2469 Constant *Mask;
2470 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2471 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2472 } else if (ShAmtVal != 0) {
2473 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2474 } else {
2475 Mask = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType());
2476 }
2477
2478 Instruction *AndI =
2479 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2480 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2481 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2482 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2483 ConstantExpr::getUShr(CI, ShAmt));
2484 }
2485 }
2486 }
2487 }
2488 break;
2489
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002490 case Instruction::Shr: // (setcc (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002491 if (ConstantUInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002492 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2493 default: break;
2494 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2495 case Instruction::SetNE: {
2496 // If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
2497 // comparison cannot succeed.
2498 Constant *Comp =
2499 ConstantExpr::getShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
2500
2501 if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
2502 bool IsSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2503 Constant *Cst = ConstantBool::get(IsSetNE);
2504 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
2505 }
2506
2507 if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00002508 unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getValue();
Chris Lattner272d5ca2004-09-28 18:22:15 +00002509
Chris Lattner1023b872004-09-27 16:18:50 +00002510 // Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
2511 uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
2512 Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
2513
2514 Constant *Mask;
2515 if (CI->getType()->isUnsigned()) {
2516 unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2517 Val &= (1ULL << TypeBits)-1;
2518 Mask = ConstantUInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2519 } else {
2520 Mask = ConstantSInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
2521 }
2522
2523 Instruction *AndI =
2524 BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2525 Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
2526 Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
2527 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), And,
2528 ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
2529 }
2530 break;
2531 }
2532 }
2533 }
2534 break;
Chris Lattner7e794272004-09-24 15:21:34 +00002535
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002536 case Instruction::Div:
2537 // Fold: (div X, C1) op C2 -> range check
2538 if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
2539 // Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
2540 // Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
2541 // checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
2542 // it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
2543 bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = 0;
2544 ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
2545
2546 ConstantInt *Prod;
2547 bool ProdOV = MulWithOverflow(Prod, CI, DivRHS);
2548
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002549 Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
2550
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002551 if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) { // Don't hack on divide by zeros.
2552 } else if (LHSI->getType()->isUnsigned()) { // udiv
2553 LoBound = Prod;
2554 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2555 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
2556 } else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
2557 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
2558 // Can't overflow.
2559 LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
2560 HiBound = DivRHS;
2561 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
2562 LoBound = Prod;
2563 LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2564 HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
2565 } else { // (X / pos) op neg
2566 Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
2567 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
2568 cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
2569 HiBound = Prod;
2570 HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2571 }
2572 } else { // Divisor is < 0.
2573 if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
2574 LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
2575 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
2576 } else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
2577 HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
2578 if (!LoOverflow)
2579 LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
2580 HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
2581 } else { // (X / neg) op neg
2582 LoBound = Prod;
2583 LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
2584 HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
2585 }
Chris Lattner0b41e862004-10-08 19:15:44 +00002586
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002587 // Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
2588 Opcode = SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(Opcode);
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002589 }
2590
2591 if (LoBound) {
2592 Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnera92af962004-10-11 19:40:04 +00002593 switch (Opcode) {
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00002594 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled setcc opcode!");
2595 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2596 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2597 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2598 else if (HiOverflow)
2599 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, LoBound);
2600 else if (LoOverflow)
2601 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, HiBound);
2602 else
2603 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, true, I);
2604 case Instruction::SetNE:
2605 if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
2606 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2607 else if (HiOverflow)
2608 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2609 else if (LoOverflow)
2610 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2611 else
2612 return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, false, I);
2613 case Instruction::SetLT:
2614 if (LoOverflow)
2615 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2616 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetLT, X, LoBound);
2617 case Instruction::SetGT:
2618 if (HiOverflow)
2619 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2620 return new SetCondInst(Instruction::SetGE, X, HiBound);
2621 }
2622 }
2623 }
2624 break;
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002625 case Instruction::Select:
2626 // If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
2627 // comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
2628 // constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
2629 Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
2630 if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002631 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002632 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2633 Op1 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, CI);
2634 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2635 Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002636 LHSI->getOperand(2), CI,
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002637 I.getName()), I);
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002638 } else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002639 // Fold the known value into the constant operand.
2640 Op2 = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C, CI);
2641 // Insert a new SetCC of the other select operand.
2642 Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002643 LHSI->getOperand(1), CI,
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002644 I.getName()), I);
2645 }
Chris Lattner2dd01742004-06-09 04:24:29 +00002646 }
Chris Lattnere1b4d2a2004-09-23 21:52:49 +00002647
2648 if (Op1)
2649 return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
2650 break;
2651 }
2652
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002653 // Simplify seteq and setne instructions...
2654 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2655 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) {
2656 bool isSetNE = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
2657
Chris Lattnercfbce7c2003-07-23 17:26:36 +00002658 // If the first operand is (and|or|xor) with a constant, and the second
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002659 // operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002660 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
2661 switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
Chris Lattner23b47b62004-07-06 07:38:18 +00002662 case Instruction::Rem:
2663 // If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
2664 if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
2665 BO->hasOneUse() &&
2666 cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue() > 1)
2667 if (unsigned L2 =
2668 Log2(cast<ConstantSInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getValue())) {
2669 const Type *UTy = BO->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2670 Value *NewX = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(BO->getOperand(0),
2671 UTy, "tmp"), I);
2672 Constant *RHSCst = ConstantUInt::get(UTy, 1ULL << L2);
2673 Value *NewRem =InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createRem(NewX,
2674 RHSCst, BO->getName()), I);
2675 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), NewRem,
2676 Constant::getNullValue(UTy));
2677 }
2678 break;
2679
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002680 case Instruction::Add:
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002681 // Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
2682 if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerb121ae12004-09-21 21:35:23 +00002683 if (BO->hasOneUse())
2684 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2685 ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002686 } else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002687 // Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
2688 // efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
2689 Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner6e079362004-06-27 22:51:36 +00002690
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002691 if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
2692 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, NegVal);
2693 else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
2694 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), NegVal, BOp1);
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00002695 else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002696 Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
2697 BO->setName("");
2698 InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
2699 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BOp0, Neg);
2700 }
2701 }
2702 break;
2703 case Instruction::Xor:
2704 // For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
2705 // the explicit xor.
2706 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
2707 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002708 ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002709
2710 // FALLTHROUGH
2711 case Instruction::Sub:
2712 // Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
2713 if (CI->isNullValue())
2714 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), BO->getOperand(0),
2715 BO->getOperand(1));
2716 break;
2717
2718 case Instruction::Or:
2719 // If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
2720 // are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002721 if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002722 Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002723 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002724 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00002725 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002726 break;
2727
2728 case Instruction::And:
2729 if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002730 // If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
2731 // comparison can never succeed!
Chris Lattnerc8e7e292004-06-10 02:12:35 +00002732 if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
2733 ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002734 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::get(isSetNE));
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002735
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002736 // If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
Chris Lattneree59d4b2004-06-10 02:33:20 +00002737 if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002738 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetEQ :
2739 Instruction::SetNE, Op0,
2740 Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00002741
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002742 // Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x < 0, converting X
2743 // to be a signed value as appropriate.
2744 if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
2745 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
2746 // If 'X' is not signed, insert a cast now...
2747 if (!BOC->getType()->isSigned()) {
Chris Lattner97bfcea2004-06-17 18:16:02 +00002748 const Type *DestTy = BOC->getType()->getSignedVersion();
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002749 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002750 }
2751 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetLT :
2752 Instruction::SetGE, X,
2753 Constant::getNullValue(X->getType()));
2754 }
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002755
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002756 // ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002757 if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
2758 Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002759 Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002760
2761 // If 'X' is signed, insert a cast now.
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002762 if (NegX->getType()->isSigned()) {
2763 const Type *DestTy = NegX->getType()->getUnsignedVersion();
2764 X = InsertCastBefore(X, DestTy, I);
2765 NegX = ConstantExpr::getCast(NegX, DestTy);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002766 }
2767
2768 return new SetCondInst(isSetNE ? Instruction::SetGE :
Chris Lattnerbfff18a2004-09-27 19:29:18 +00002769 Instruction::SetLT, X, NegX);
Chris Lattner8fc5af42004-09-23 21:46:38 +00002770 }
2771
Chris Lattnerd492a0b2003-07-23 17:02:11 +00002772 }
Chris Lattnerc992add2003-08-13 05:33:12 +00002773 default: break;
2774 }
2775 }
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002776 } else { // Not a SetEQ/SetNE
2777 // If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size,
2778 if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2779 Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
2780 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
2781 unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize();
2782 if (SrcTy != Cast->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
2783 SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
2784 assert((SrcTy->isSigned() ^ Cast->getType()->isSigned()) &&
2785 "Source and destination signednesses should differ!");
2786 if (Cast->getType()->isSigned()) {
2787 // If this is a signed comparison, check for comparisons in the
2788 // vicinity of zero.
2789 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT && CI->isNullValue())
2790 // X < 0 => x > 127
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002791 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002792 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, (1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))-1));
2793 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2794 cast<ConstantSInt>(CI)->getValue() == -1)
2795 // X > -1 => x < 128
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002796 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002797 ConstantUInt::get(SrcTy, 1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1)));
2798 } else {
2799 ConstantUInt *CUI = cast<ConstantUInt>(CI);
2800 if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetLT &&
2801 CUI->getValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))
2802 // X < 128 => X > -1
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002803 return BinaryOperator::createSetGT(CastOp,
2804 ConstantSInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002805 else if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetGT &&
2806 CUI->getValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize*8-1))-1)
2807 // X > 127 => X < 0
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00002808 return BinaryOperator::createSetLT(CastOp,
2809 Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
Chris Lattner2b55ea32004-02-23 07:16:20 +00002810 }
2811 }
2812 }
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00002813 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002814 }
2815
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00002816 // If we can optimize a 'setcc GEP, P' or 'setcc P, GEP', do so now.
2817 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
2818 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op1, I.getOpcode(), I))
2819 return NI;
2820 if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
2821 if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPSetCC(GEP, Op0,
2822 SetCondInst::getSwappedCondition(I.getOpcode()), I))
2823 return NI;
2824
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002825 // Test to see if the operands of the setcc are casted versions of other
2826 // values. If the cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so now.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002827 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
2828 Value *CastOp0 = CI->getOperand(0);
2829 if (CastOp0->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(CI->getType()) &&
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00002830 (isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1)) &&
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002831 (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
2832 I.getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)) {
2833 // We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
2834 // operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002835 Op0 = CastOp0;
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002836
2837 // If operand #1 is a cast instruction, see if we can eliminate it as
2838 // well.
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002839 if (CastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
2840 if (CI2->getOperand(0)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002841 Op0->getType()))
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002842 Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner16930792003-11-03 04:25:02 +00002843
2844 // If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
2845 if (Op1->getType() != Op0->getType())
2846 if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
2847 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
2848 } else {
2849 // Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the setcc
2850 Op1 = new CastInst(Op1, Op0->getType(), Op1->getName());
2851 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Op1), I);
2852 }
2853 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), Op0, Op1);
2854 }
2855
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002856 // Handle the special case of: setcc (cast bool to X), <cst>
2857 // This comes up when you have code like
2858 // int X = A < B;
2859 // if (X) ...
2860 // For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
2861 // with a constant.
2862 if (ConstantInt *ConstantRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
2863 const Type *SrcTy = CastOp0->getType();
2864 const Type *DestTy = Op0->getType();
2865 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
2866 (SrcTy->isUnsigned() || SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)) {
2867 // Ok, we have an expansion of operand 0 into a new type. Get the
2868 // constant value, masink off bits which are not set in the RHS. These
2869 // could be set if the destination value is signed.
2870 uint64_t ConstVal = ConstantRHS->getRawValue();
2871 ConstVal &= (1ULL << DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
2872
2873 // If the constant we are comparing it with has high bits set, which
2874 // don't exist in the original value, the values could never be equal,
2875 // because the source would be zero extended.
2876 unsigned SrcBits =
2877 SrcTy == Type::BoolTy ? 1 : SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00002878 bool HasSignBit = ConstVal & (1ULL << (DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8-1));
2879 if (ConstVal & ~((1ULL << SrcBits)-1)) {
Chris Lattner6444c372003-11-03 05:17:03 +00002880 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2881 default: assert(0 && "Unknown comparison type!");
2882 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2883 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2884 case Instruction::SetNE:
2885 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2886 case Instruction::SetLT:
2887 case Instruction::SetLE:
2888 if (DestTy->isSigned() && HasSignBit)
2889 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2890 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2891 case Instruction::SetGT:
2892 case Instruction::SetGE:
2893 if (DestTy->isSigned() && HasSignBit)
2894 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2895 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2896 }
2897 }
2898
2899 // Otherwise, we can replace the setcc with a setcc of the smaller
2900 // operand value.
2901 Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(cast<Constant>(Op1), SrcTy);
2902 return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), CastOp0, Op1);
2903 }
2904 }
2905 }
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002906 return Changed ? &I : 0;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002907}
2908
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002909// visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant - this method is part of the
2910// visitSetCondInst method. It handles the situation where we have:
2911// (setcc (cast X to larger), CI)
2912// It tries to remove the cast and even the setcc if the CI value
2913// and range of the cast allow it.
2914Instruction *
2915InstCombiner::visitSetCondInstWithCastAndConstant(BinaryOperator&I,
2916 CastInst* LHSI,
2917 ConstantInt* CI) {
2918 const Type *SrcTy = LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType();
2919 const Type *DestTy = LHSI->getType();
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00002920 if (!SrcTy->isIntegral() || !DestTy->isIntegral())
2921 return 0;
2922
2923 unsigned SrcBits = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2924 unsigned DestBits = DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
2925 if (SrcTy == Type::BoolTy)
2926 SrcBits = 1;
2927 if (DestTy == Type::BoolTy)
2928 DestBits = 1;
2929 if (SrcBits < DestBits) {
2930 // There are fewer bits in the source of the cast than in the result
2931 // of the cast. Any other case doesn't matter because the constant
2932 // value won't have changed due to sign extension.
2933 Constant *NewCst = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI, SrcTy);
2934 if (ConstantExpr::getCast(NewCst, DestTy) == CI) {
2935 // The constant value operand of the setCC before and after a
2936 // cast to the source type of the cast instruction is the same
2937 // value, so we just replace with the same setcc opcode, but
2938 // using the source value compared to the constant casted to the
2939 // source type.
2940 if (SrcTy->isSigned() && DestTy->isUnsigned()) {
2941 CastInst* Cst = new CastInst(LHSI->getOperand(0),
2942 SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion(),
2943 LHSI->getName());
2944 InsertNewInstBefore(Cst,I);
2945 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), Cst,
2946 ConstantExpr::getCast(CI,
2947 SrcTy->getUnsignedVersion()));
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002948 }
Chris Lattner03f06f12005-01-17 03:20:02 +00002949 return new SetCondInst(I.getOpcode(), LHSI->getOperand(0),NewCst);
2950 }
2951
2952 // The constant value before and after a cast to the source type
2953 // is different, so various cases are possible depending on the
2954 // opcode and the signs of the types involved in the cast.
2955 switch (I.getOpcode()) {
2956 case Instruction::SetLT: {
2957 return 0;
2958 Constant* Max = ConstantIntegral::getMaxValue(SrcTy);
2959 Max = ConstantExpr::getCast(Max, DestTy);
2960 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getSetLT(Max, CI));
2961 }
2962 case Instruction::SetGT: {
2963 return 0; // FIXME! RENABLE. This breaks for (cast sbyte to uint) > 255
2964 Constant* Min = ConstantIntegral::getMinValue(SrcTy);
2965 Min = ConstantExpr::getCast(Min, DestTy);
2966 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantExpr::getSetGT(Min, CI));
2967 }
2968 case Instruction::SetEQ:
2969 // We're looking for equality, and we know the values are not
2970 // equal so replace with constant False.
2971 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::False);
2972 case Instruction::SetNE:
2973 // We're testing for inequality, and we know the values are not
2974 // equal so replace with constant True.
2975 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantBool::True);
2976 case Instruction::SetLE:
2977 case Instruction::SetGE:
2978 assert(0 && "SetLE and SetGE should be handled elsewhere");
2979 default:
2980 assert(0 && "unknown integer comparison");
Reid Spencer279fa252004-11-28 21:31:15 +00002981 }
2982 }
2983 return 0;
2984}
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002985
2986
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00002987Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00002988 assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::UByteTy);
2989 Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00002990 bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002991
2992 // shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
2993 // shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
2994 if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy) ||
Chris Lattnere6794492002-08-12 21:17:25 +00002995 Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
2996 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00002997
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00002998 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) { // undef >>s X -> undef
2999 if (!isLeftShift && I.getType()->isSigned())
Chris Lattner67f05452004-10-16 23:28:04 +00003000 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003001 else // undef << X -> 0 AND undef >>u X -> 0
3002 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3003 }
3004 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
3005 if (isLeftShift || I.getType()->isUnsigned())
3006 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
3007 else
3008 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // X >>s undef -> X
3009 }
3010
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003011 // shr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
3012 if (!isLeftShift)
3013 if (ConstantSInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantSInt>(Op0))
3014 if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
3015 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
3016
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003017 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3018 if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
3019 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003020 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003021 return R;
3022
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003023 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op1)) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003024 // shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
3025 // of a signed value.
3026 //
Chris Lattnere8d6c602003-03-10 19:16:08 +00003027 unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003028 if (CUI->getValue() >= TypeBits) {
3029 if (!Op0->getType()->isSigned() || isLeftShift)
3030 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
3031 else {
3032 I.setOperand(1, ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, TypeBits-1));
3033 return &I;
3034 }
3035 }
Chris Lattner55f3d942002-09-10 23:04:09 +00003036
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003037 // ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
3038 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3039 if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
3040 if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003041 return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
3042 ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, CUI));
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003043
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003044 // Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
3045 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003046 if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003047 return R;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003048 if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
3049 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
3050 return NV;
Chris Lattnerede3fe02003-08-13 04:18:28 +00003051
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003052 if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
3053 // If this is a SHL of a sign-extending cast, see if we can turn the input
3054 // into a zero extending cast (a simple strength reduction).
3055 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
3056 const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
3057 if (isLeftShift && SrcTy->isInteger() && SrcTy->isSigned() &&
3058 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
3059 // We can change it to a zero extension if we are shifting out all of
3060 // the sign extended bits. To check this, form a mask of all of the
3061 // sign extend bits, then shift them left and see if we have anything
3062 // left.
3063 Constant *Mask = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy); // 1111
3064 Mask = ConstantExpr::getZeroExtend(Mask, CI->getType()); // 00001111
3065 Mask = ConstantExpr::getNot(Mask); // 1's in the sign bits: 11110000
3066 if (ConstantExpr::getShl(Mask, CUI)->isNullValue()) {
3067 // If the shift is nuking all of the sign bits, change this to a
3068 // zero extension cast. To do this, cast the cast input to
3069 // unsigned, then to the requested size.
3070 Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
3071 Instruction *NC =
3072 new CastInst(CastOp, CastOp->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3073 CI->getName()+".uns");
3074 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3075 // Finally, insert a replacement for CI.
3076 NC = new CastInst(NC, CI->getType(), CI->getName());
3077 CI->setName("");
3078 NC = InsertNewInstBefore(NC, I);
3079 WorkList.push_back(CI); // Delete CI later.
3080 I.setOperand(0, NC);
3081 return &I; // The SHL operand was modified.
3082 }
3083 }
3084 }
3085
3086 // If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
3087 // shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003088 if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
3089 if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
3090 bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
3091 bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
3092
3093 switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
3094 default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
Chris Lattner44bd3922004-10-08 03:46:20 +00003095 case Instruction::Add:
3096 isValid = isLeftShift;
3097 break;
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003098 case Instruction::Or:
3099 case Instruction::Xor:
3100 highBitSet = false;
3101 break;
3102 case Instruction::And:
3103 highBitSet = true;
3104 break;
3105 }
3106
3107 // If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
3108 // by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
3109 // The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
3110 // the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
3111 // operation.
3112 //
3113 if (isValid && !isLeftShift && !I.getType()->isUnsigned()) {
3114 uint64_t Val = Op0C->getRawValue();
3115 isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
3116 }
3117
3118 if (isValid) {
Chris Lattnerc1e7cc02004-01-12 19:35:11 +00003119 Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, CUI);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003120
3121 Instruction *NewShift =
3122 new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), CUI,
3123 Op0BO->getName());
3124 Op0BO->setName("");
3125 InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
3126
3127 return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
3128 NewRHS);
3129 }
3130 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003131 }
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003132
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003133 // If this is a shift of a shift, see if we can fold the two together...
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003134 if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003135 if (ConstantUInt *ShiftAmt1C =
3136 dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op0SI->getOperand(1))) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003137 unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getValue();
3138 unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)CUI->getValue();
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003139
3140 // Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2
3141 if (I.getOpcode() == Op0SI->getOpcode()) {
3142 unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift...
Chris Lattnerf5ce2542004-02-23 20:30:06 +00003143 if (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8 < Amt)
3144 Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003145 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0SI->getOperand(0),
3146 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, Amt));
3147 }
3148
Chris Lattnerab780df2003-07-24 18:38:56 +00003149 // Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or visaversa. If we are dealing with
3150 // signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
3151 // because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003152 if (I.getType()->isUnsigned() || isLeftShift) {
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003153 // Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge...
3154 Constant *C = ConstantIntegral::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003155 if (isLeftShift)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003156 C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattnerdeaa0dd2003-08-12 21:53:41 +00003157 else
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003158 C = ConstantExpr::getShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003159
3160 Instruction *Mask =
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003161 BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0SI->getOperand(0), C,
3162 Op0SI->getOperand(0)->getName()+".mask");
Chris Lattner3204d4e2003-07-24 17:52:58 +00003163 InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
3164
3165 // Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
3166 if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2)
3167 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
3168 else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
3169 return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
3170 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
3171 } else {
3172 return new ShiftInst(Op0SI->getOpcode(), Mask,
3173 ConstantUInt::get(Type::UByteTy, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
3174 }
3175 }
3176 }
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003177 }
Chris Lattner2e0fb392002-10-08 16:16:40 +00003178
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003179 return 0;
3180}
3181
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003182enum CastType {
3183 Noop = 0,
3184 Truncate = 1,
3185 Signext = 2,
3186 Zeroext = 3
3187};
3188
3189/// getCastType - In the future, we will split the cast instruction into these
3190/// various types. Until then, we have to do the analysis here.
3191static CastType getCastType(const Type *Src, const Type *Dest) {
3192 assert(Src->isIntegral() && Dest->isIntegral() &&
3193 "Only works on integral types!");
3194 unsigned SrcSize = Src->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
3195 if (Src == Type::BoolTy) SrcSize = 1;
3196 unsigned DestSize = Dest->getPrimitiveSize()*8;
3197 if (Dest == Type::BoolTy) DestSize = 1;
3198
3199 if (SrcSize == DestSize) return Noop;
3200 if (SrcSize > DestSize) return Truncate;
3201 if (Src->isSigned()) return Signext;
3202 return Zeroext;
3203}
3204
Chris Lattnerf4cdbf32002-05-06 16:14:14 +00003205
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003206// isEliminableCastOfCast - Return true if it is valid to eliminate the CI
3207// instruction.
3208//
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003209static inline bool isEliminableCastOfCast(const Type *SrcTy, const Type *MidTy,
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003210 const Type *DstTy, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003211
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003212 // It is legal to eliminate the instruction if casting A->B->A if the sizes
3213 // are identical and the bits don't get reinterpreted (for example
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003214 // int->float->int would not be allowed).
Misha Brukmane5838c42003-05-20 18:45:36 +00003215 if (SrcTy == DstTy && SrcTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(MidTy))
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003216 return true;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003217
Chris Lattner4fbad962004-07-21 04:27:24 +00003218 // If we are casting between pointer and integer types, treat pointers as
3219 // integers of the appropriate size for the code below.
3220 if (isa<PointerType>(SrcTy)) SrcTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3221 if (isa<PointerType>(MidTy)) MidTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
3222 if (isa<PointerType>(DstTy)) DstTy = TD->getIntPtrType();
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003223
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003224 // Allow free casting and conversion of sizes as long as the sign doesn't
3225 // change...
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003226 if (SrcTy->isIntegral() && MidTy->isIntegral() && DstTy->isIntegral()) {
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003227 CastType FirstCast = getCastType(SrcTy, MidTy);
3228 CastType SecondCast = getCastType(MidTy, DstTy);
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003229
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003230 // Capture the effect of these two casts. If the result is a legal cast,
3231 // the CastType is stored here, otherwise a special code is used.
3232 static const unsigned CastResult[] = {
3233 // First cast is noop
3234 0, 1, 2, 3,
3235 // First cast is a truncate
3236 1, 1, 4, 4, // trunc->extend is not safe to eliminate
3237 // First cast is a sign ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003238 2, 5, 2, 4, // signext->zeroext never ok
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003239 // First cast is a zero ext
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003240 3, 5, 3, 3,
Chris Lattner4e2dbc62004-07-20 00:59:32 +00003241 };
3242
3243 unsigned Result = CastResult[FirstCast*4+SecondCast];
3244 switch (Result) {
3245 default: assert(0 && "Illegal table value!");
3246 case 0:
3247 case 1:
3248 case 2:
3249 case 3:
3250 // FIXME: in the future, when LLVM has explicit sign/zeroextends and
3251 // truncates, we could eliminate more casts.
3252 return (unsigned)getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy) == Result;
3253 case 4:
3254 return false; // Not possible to eliminate this here.
3255 case 5:
Chris Lattner1638de42004-07-21 19:50:44 +00003256 // Sign or zero extend followed by truncate is always ok if the result
3257 // is a truncate or noop.
3258 CastType ResultCast = getCastType(SrcTy, DstTy);
3259 if (ResultCast == Noop || ResultCast == Truncate)
3260 return true;
3261 // Otherwise we are still growing the value, we are only safe if the
3262 // result will match the sign/zeroextendness of the result.
3263 return ResultCast == FirstCast;
Chris Lattner3732aca2002-08-15 16:15:25 +00003264 }
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003265 }
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003266 return false;
3267}
3268
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003269static bool ValueRequiresCast(const Value *V, const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003270 if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
3271 if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003272 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(CI->getOperand(0)->getType(), CI->getType(), Ty,
3273 TD))
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003274 return false;
3275 return true;
3276}
3277
3278/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
3279/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
3280/// casts that are known to not do anything...
3281///
3282Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
3283 Instruction *InsertBefore) {
3284 if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
3285 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
3286 return ConstantExpr::getCast(C, DestTy);
3287
3288 CastInst *CI = new CastInst(V, DestTy, V->getName());
3289 InsertNewInstBefore(CI, *InsertBefore);
3290 return CI;
3291}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003292
3293// CastInst simplification
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003294//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003295Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCastInst(CastInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003296 Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
3297
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003298 // If the user is casting a value to the same type, eliminate this cast
3299 // instruction...
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003300 if (CI.getType() == Src->getType())
3301 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003302
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003303 if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
3304 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
3305
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003306 // If casting the result of another cast instruction, try to eliminate this
3307 // one!
3308 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003309 if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
3310 Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
3311 if (isEliminableCastOfCast(A->getType(), CSrc->getType(),
3312 CI.getType(), TD)) {
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003313 // This instruction now refers directly to the cast's src operand. This
3314 // has a good chance of making CSrc dead.
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00003315 CI.setOperand(0, CSrc->getOperand(0));
3316 return &CI;
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00003317 }
3318
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003319 // If this is an A->B->A cast, and we are dealing with integral types, try
3320 // to convert this into a logical 'and' instruction.
3321 //
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003322 if (A->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattnerb0b412e2002-09-03 01:08:28 +00003323 CI.getType()->isInteger() && CSrc->getType()->isInteger() &&
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003324 CSrc->getType()->isUnsigned() && // B->A cast must zero extend
3325 CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() < CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSize()&&
3326 A->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSize()) {
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003327 assert(CSrc->getType() != Type::ULongTy &&
3328 "Cannot have type bigger than ulong!");
Chris Lattner196897c2003-05-26 23:41:32 +00003329 uint64_t AndValue = (1ULL << CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSize()*8)-1;
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003330 Constant *AndOp = ConstantUInt::get(A->getType()->getUnsignedVersion(),
3331 AndValue);
3332 AndOp = ConstantExpr::getCast(AndOp, A->getType());
3333 Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndOp);
3334 if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
3335 And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
3336 InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
3337 And = new CastInst(And, CI.getType());
3338 }
3339 return And;
Chris Lattner650b6da2002-08-02 20:00:25 +00003340 }
3341 }
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003342
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003343 // If this is a cast to bool, turn it into the appropriate setne instruction.
3344 if (CI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003345 return BinaryOperator::createSetNE(CI.getOperand(0),
Chris Lattner03841652004-05-25 04:29:21 +00003346 Constant::getNullValue(CI.getOperand(0)->getType()));
3347
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003348 // If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
3349 // this into a cast of the original pointer!
3350 //
Chris Lattner55d4bda2003-06-23 21:59:52 +00003351 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
Chris Lattnerd0d51602003-06-21 23:12:02 +00003352 bool AllZeroOperands = true;
3353 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
3354 if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
3355 !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
3356 AllZeroOperands = false;
3357 break;
3358 }
3359 if (AllZeroOperands) {
3360 CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
3361 return &CI;
3362 }
3363 }
3364
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003365 // If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
3366 // size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
3367 //
3368 if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
Chris Lattnerd4d987d2003-11-02 06:54:48 +00003369 if (AI->hasOneUse() && !AI->isArrayAllocation())
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003370 if (const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType())) {
3371 // Get the type really allocated and the type casted to...
3372 const Type *AllocElTy = AI->getAllocatedType();
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003373 const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003374 if (AllocElTy->isSized() && CastElTy->isSized()) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00003375 uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
3376 uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
Chris Lattner7c94d112003-11-05 17:31:36 +00003377
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003378 // If the allocation is for an even multiple of the cast type size
3379 if (CastElTySize && (AllocElTySize % CastElTySize == 0)) {
3380 Value *Amt = ConstantUInt::get(Type::UIntTy,
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003381 AllocElTySize/CastElTySize);
Chris Lattner9eb9ccd2004-07-06 19:28:42 +00003382 std::string Name = AI->getName(); AI->setName("");
3383 AllocationInst *New;
3384 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
3385 New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3386 else
3387 New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, Name);
3388 InsertNewInstBefore(New, *AI);
3389 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
3390 }
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00003391 }
3392 }
3393
Chris Lattner86102b82005-01-01 16:22:27 +00003394 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
3395 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
3396 return NV;
Chris Lattner6a4adcd2004-09-29 05:07:12 +00003397 if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
3398 if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
3399 return NV;
3400
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003401 // If the source value is an instruction with only this use, we can attempt to
3402 // propagate the cast into the instruction. Also, only handle integral types
3403 // for now.
3404 if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src))
Chris Lattnerf95d9b92003-10-15 16:48:29 +00003405 if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && Src->getType()->isIntegral() &&
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003406 CI.getType()->isInteger()) { // Don't mess with casts to bool here
3407 const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
3408 unsigned SrcBitSize = getTypeSizeInBits(Src->getType());
3409 unsigned DestBitSize = getTypeSizeInBits(DestTy);
3410
3411 Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
3412 Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
3413
3414 switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
3415 case Instruction::Add:
3416 case Instruction::Mul:
3417 case Instruction::And:
3418 case Instruction::Or:
3419 case Instruction::Xor:
3420 // If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign, rewrite.
3421 if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
3422 // Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow two
3423 // casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could only be
3424 // converting signedness, which is a noop.
Chris Lattner11ffd592004-07-20 05:21:00 +00003425 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize || !ValueRequiresCast(Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
3426 !ValueRequiresCast(Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
Chris Lattnerdfae8be2003-07-24 17:35:25 +00003427 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3428 Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
3429 return BinaryOperator::create(cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)
3430 ->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
3431 }
3432 }
3433 break;
3434 case Instruction::Shl:
3435 // Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow changing
3436 // the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a constant. We
3437 // mush not change variable sized shifts to a smaller size, because it
3438 // is undefined to shift more bits out than exist in the value.
3439 if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
3440 (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
3441 Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
3442 return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
3443 }
3444 break;
3445 }
3446 }
3447
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00003448 return 0;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00003449}
3450
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003451/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
3452/// %C = or %A, %B
3453/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
3454/// into:
3455/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
3456/// %D = or %A, %C
3457///
3458/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
3459/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
3460/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
3461///
3462static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
3463 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3464 case Instruction::Add:
3465 case Instruction::Mul:
3466 case Instruction::And:
3467 case Instruction::Or:
3468 case Instruction::Xor:
3469 return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
3470 case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
3471 case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
3472 case Instruction::Shr:
3473 return 1;
3474 default:
3475 return 0; // Cannot fold
3476 }
3477}
3478
3479/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
3480/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
3481static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
3482 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3483 default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
3484 case Instruction::Add:
3485 case Instruction::Sub:
3486 case Instruction::Or:
3487 case Instruction::Xor:
3488 return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
3489 case Instruction::Shl:
3490 case Instruction::Shr:
3491 return Constant::getNullValue(Type::UByteTy);
3492 case Instruction::And:
3493 return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
3494 case Instruction::Mul:
3495 return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
3496 }
3497}
3498
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003499Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003500 Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
3501 Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
3502 Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
3503
3504 // select true, X, Y -> X
3505 // select false, X, Y -> Y
3506 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(CondVal))
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003507 if (C == ConstantBool::True)
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003508 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003509 else {
3510 assert(C == ConstantBool::False);
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003511 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003512 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003513
3514 // select C, X, X -> X
3515 if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
3516 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3517
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003518 if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
3519 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3520 if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
3521 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3522 if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
3523 if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3524 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3525 else
3526 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3527 }
3528
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003529 if (SI.getType() == Type::BoolTy)
3530 if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(TrueVal)) {
3531 if (C == ConstantBool::True) {
3532 // Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003533 return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003534 } else {
3535 // Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
3536 Value *NotCond =
3537 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3538 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003539 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003540 }
3541 } else if (ConstantBool *C = dyn_cast<ConstantBool>(FalseVal)) {
3542 if (C == ConstantBool::False) {
3543 // Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003544 return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003545 } else {
3546 // Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
3547 Value *NotCond =
3548 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
3549 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00003550 return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003551 }
3552 }
3553
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003554 // Selecting between two integer constants?
3555 if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
3556 if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
3557 // select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
3558 if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3559 return new CastInst(CondVal, SI.getType());
3560 } else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getRawValue() == 1) {
3561 // select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
3562 Value *NotCond =
3563 InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003564 "not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
Chris Lattner183b3362004-04-09 19:05:30 +00003565 return new CastInst(NotCond, SI.getType());
Chris Lattnercf7baf32004-04-09 18:19:44 +00003566 }
Chris Lattner35167c32004-06-09 07:59:58 +00003567
3568 // If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
3569 // have a setcc instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
3570 // non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
3571 // cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
3572 if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
3573 if (Instruction *IC = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI.getCondition()))
3574 if ((IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ ||
3575 IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE) &&
3576 isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
3577 cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
3578 if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
3579 if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
3580 isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
3581 (ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
3582 ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
3583 isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
3584 // Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
3585 // know whether we have a setne or seteq and whether the true or
3586 // false val is the zero.
3587 bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
3588 ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE;
3589 Value *V = ICA;
3590 if (ShouldNotVal)
3591 V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
3592 Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
3593 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
3594 }
Chris Lattner533bc492004-03-30 19:37:13 +00003595 }
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003596
3597 // See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
3598 if (SetCondInst *SCI = dyn_cast<SetCondInst>(CondVal)) {
3599 if (SCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
3600 // Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
3601 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
3602 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
3603 // Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
3604 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
3605 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
3606 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3607
3608 } else if (SCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && SCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
3609 // Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
3610 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetEQ)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003611 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003612 // Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
3613 if (SCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SetNE)
Chris Lattner24cf0202004-04-11 01:39:19 +00003614 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
Chris Lattner623fba12004-04-10 22:21:27 +00003615 // NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
3616 }
3617 }
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003618
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003619 // Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is legal for
3620 // FP as well.
3621 if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3622 if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3623 if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
3624 bool isInverse = false;
3625 Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
3626
3627 if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3628 FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3629 AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
3630 } else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
3631 TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
3632 AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
3633 }
3634
3635 if (AddOp) {
3636 Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
3637 if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
3638 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
3639 } else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
3640 OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
3641 }
3642
3643 if (OtherAddOp) {
3644 // So at this point we know we have:
3645 // select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, ?)
3646 // We can do the transform profitably if either 'Y' = '?' or '?' is
3647 // a constant.
3648 if (SubOp->getOperand(1) == AddOp ||
3649 isa<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3650 Value *NegVal;
3651 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
3652 NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
3653 } else {
3654 NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
3655 BinaryOperator::createNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1)), SI);
3656 }
3657
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003658 Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003659 Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
3660 if (AddOp != TI)
3661 std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
3662 Instruction *NewSel =
3663 new SelectInst(CondVal, NewTrueOp,NewFalseOp,SI.getName()+".p");
3664
3665 NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
Chris Lattner51726c42005-01-14 17:35:12 +00003666 return BinaryOperator::createAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
Chris Lattnera04c9042005-01-13 22:52:24 +00003667 }
3668 }
3669 }
3670 }
3671
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003672 // See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
3673 if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
3674 // See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
3675 // transformation we are doing here.
3676 if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
3677 if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3678 !isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
3679 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
3680 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3681 if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
3682 OpToFold = 1;
3683 } else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
3684 OpToFold = 2;
3685 }
3686
3687 if (OpToFold) {
3688 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
3689 std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
3690 Instruction *NewSel =
3691 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
3692 Name);
3693 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3694 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
3695 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3696 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
3697 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
3698 else {
3699 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3700 }
3701 }
3702 }
Chris Lattner6862fbd2004-09-29 17:40:11 +00003703
Chris Lattner56e4d3d2004-04-09 23:46:01 +00003704 if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
3705 if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
3706 !isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
3707 if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
3708 unsigned OpToFold = 0;
3709 if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
3710 OpToFold = 1;
3711 } else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
3712 OpToFold = 2;
3713 }
3714
3715 if (OpToFold) {
3716 Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
3717 std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
3718 Instruction *NewSel =
3719 new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
3720 Name);
3721 InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
3722 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
3723 return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3724 else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
3725 return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
3726 else {
3727 assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
3728 }
3729 }
3730 }
3731 }
Chris Lattnerb909e8b2004-03-12 05:52:32 +00003732 return 0;
3733}
3734
3735
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003736// CallInst simplification
3737//
3738Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003739 // Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
3740 // visitCallSite.
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003741 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(&CI)) {
3742 bool Changed = false;
3743
3744 // memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
3745 if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
3746 if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3747
3748 // FIXME: Increase alignment here.
3749
3750 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
3751 if (CI->getRawValue() == 1) {
3752 // Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
3753 // transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
3754 // alignment is sufficient.
3755 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003756 }
3757
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003758 // If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
3759 // then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
3760 // into a call to memcpy.
3761 if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(MI))
3762 if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
3763 if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
3764 Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
3765 Function *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction("llvm.memcpy",
3766 CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
3767 CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
3768 Changed = true;
3769 }
3770
3771 if (Changed) return &CI;
Chris Lattner95307542004-11-18 21:41:39 +00003772 } else if (DbgStopPointInst *SPI = dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(&CI)) {
3773 // If this stoppoint is at the same source location as the previous
3774 // stoppoint in the chain, it is not needed.
3775 if (DbgStopPointInst *PrevSPI =
3776 dyn_cast<DbgStopPointInst>(SPI->getChain()))
3777 if (SPI->getLineNo() == PrevSPI->getLineNo() &&
3778 SPI->getColNo() == PrevSPI->getColNo()) {
3779 SPI->replaceAllUsesWith(PrevSPI);
3780 return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
3781 }
Chris Lattner00648e12004-10-12 04:52:52 +00003782 }
3783
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003784 return visitCallSite(&CI);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003785}
3786
3787// InvokeInst simplification
3788//
3789Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003790 return visitCallSite(&II);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003791}
3792
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003793// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
3794//
3795Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003796 bool Changed = false;
3797
3798 // If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
3799 // to the arguments of the call/invoke.
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003800 if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
3801
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003802 Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003803
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003804 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
3805 // This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
3806 // undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
3807 // that we can't modify the CFG here.
3808 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
3809 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)),
3810 CS.getInstruction());
3811
3812 if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
3813 CS.getInstruction()->
3814 replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
3815
3816 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
3817 // Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
3818 new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
3819 ConstantBool::True, II);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003820 }
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00003821 return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
3822 }
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00003823
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003824 const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
3825 const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
3826 if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
3827 // See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
3828 // the call.
3829 for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
3830 E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
3831 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
3832 // If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
3833 // area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
3834 Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
3835 if (CI->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(Op->getType())) {
3836 *I = Op;
3837 Changed = true;
3838 }
3839 }
3840 }
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003841
Chris Lattner75b4d1d2003-10-07 22:54:13 +00003842 return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
Chris Lattneraec3d942003-10-07 22:32:43 +00003843}
3844
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003845// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
3846// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
3847//
3848bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
3849 if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
3850 ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00003851 if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::Cast || !isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003852 return false;
Reid Spencer87436872004-07-18 00:38:32 +00003853 Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003854 Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
3855
3856 // Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
3857 // would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
3858 // be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
3859 //
3860 const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
3861 const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
3862
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00003863 // Check to see if we are changing the return type...
3864 if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
3865 if (Callee->isExternal() &&
3866 !OldRetTy->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(FT->getReturnType()) &&
3867 !Caller->use_empty())
3868 return false; // Cannot transform this return value...
3869
3870 // If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
3871 // a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
3872 // because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
3873 // the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
3874 if (!Caller->use_empty())
3875 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
3876 for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
3877 UI != E; ++UI)
3878 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
3879 if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00003880 PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
Chris Lattner1f7942f2004-01-14 06:06:08 +00003881 return false;
3882 }
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003883
3884 unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
3885 unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
3886
3887 CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
3888 for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
3889 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
3890 bool isConvertible = (*AI)->getType()->isLosslesslyConvertibleTo(ParamTy);
3891 if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
3892 }
3893
3894 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
3895 Callee->isExternal())
3896 return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
3897
3898 // Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
3899 // inserting cast instructions as necessary...
3900 std::vector<Value*> Args;
3901 Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
3902
3903 AI = CS.arg_begin();
3904 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
3905 const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
3906 if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
3907 Args.push_back(*AI);
3908 } else {
Chris Lattner1c631e82004-04-08 04:43:23 +00003909 Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(*AI, ParamTy, "tmp"),
3910 *Caller));
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003911 }
3912 }
3913
3914 // If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
3915 // now...
3916 for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
3917 Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
3918
3919 // If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
3920 if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
3921 if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
3922 std::cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
3923 << Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
3924 } else {
3925 // Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
3926 for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
3927 const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
3928 if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
3929 // Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
3930 Instruction *Cast = new CastInst(*AI, PTy, "tmp");
3931 InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
3932 Args.push_back(Cast);
3933 } else {
3934 Args.push_back(*AI);
3935 }
3936 }
3937 }
3938
3939 if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
3940 Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
3941
3942 Instruction *NC;
3943 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
Chris Lattnerfae8ab32004-02-08 21:44:31 +00003944 NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003945 Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
3946 } else {
3947 NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
3948 }
3949
3950 // Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
3951 Value *NV = NC;
3952 if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
3953 if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
3954 NV = NC = new CastInst(NC, Caller->getType(), "tmp");
Chris Lattner686767f2003-10-30 00:46:41 +00003955
3956 // If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
3957 // non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
3958 if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
3959 BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
3960 while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
3961 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
3962 } else {
3963 // Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
3964 InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
3965 }
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00003966 AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003967 } else {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00003968 NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
Chris Lattner970c33a2003-06-19 17:00:31 +00003969 }
3970 }
3971
3972 if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
3973 Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
3974 Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
3975 removeFromWorkList(Caller);
3976 return true;
3977}
3978
3979
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00003980// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
3981// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
3982// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
3983Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
3984 Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
3985
3986 // Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
3987 // If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
3988 // the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
3989 // code size and simplifying code.
3990 Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
3991 const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
3992 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
3993 CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
3994 } else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)) {
3995 // Can fold binop or shift if the RHS is a constant.
3996 ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
3997 if (ConstantOp == 0) return 0;
3998 } else {
3999 return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
4000 }
4001
4002 // Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
4003 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4004 if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
4005 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4006 if (!I->hasOneUse() || I->getOpcode() != FirstInst->getOpcode())
4007 return 0;
4008 if (CastSrcTy) {
4009 if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
4010 return 0; // Cast operation must match.
4011 } else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
4012 return 0;
4013 }
4014 }
4015
4016 // Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
4017 // correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
4018 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
4019 PN.getName()+".in");
4020 NewPN->op_reserve(PN.getNumOperands());
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004021
4022 Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
4023 NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004024
4025 // Add all operands to the new PHI.
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004026 for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4027 Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
4028 if (NewInVal != InVal)
4029 InVal = 0;
4030 NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4031 }
4032
4033 Value *PhiVal;
4034 if (InVal) {
4035 // The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
4036 // common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
4037 PhiVal = InVal;
4038 delete NewPN;
4039 } else {
4040 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
4041 PhiVal = NewPN;
4042 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004043
4044 // Insert and return the new operation.
4045 if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004046 return new CastInst(PhiVal, PN.getType());
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004047 else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004048 return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004049 else
4050 return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
Chris Lattner46dd5a62004-11-14 19:29:34 +00004051 PhiVal, ConstantOp);
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004052}
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004053
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004054/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
4055/// that is dead.
4056static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN, std::set<PHINode*> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
4057 if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
4058 if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
4059
4060 // Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
4061 if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN).second)
4062 return true;
4063
4064 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
4065 return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
4066
4067 return false;
4068}
4069
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004070// PHINode simplification
4071//
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004072Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004073 if (Value *V = hasConstantValue(&PN)) {
4074 // If V is an instruction, we have to be certain that it dominates PN.
4075 // However, because we don't have dom info, we can't do a perfect job.
4076 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4077 // We know that the instruction dominates the PHI if there are no undef
4078 // values coming in.
Chris Lattner3b92f172004-10-18 01:48:31 +00004079 if (I->getParent() != &I->getParent()->getParent()->front() ||
4080 isa<InvokeInst>(I))
Chris Lattner107c15c2004-10-17 21:31:34 +00004081 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4082 if (isa<UndefValue>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4083 V = 0;
4084 break;
4085 }
Chris Lattnere29d6342004-10-17 21:22:38 +00004086 }
4087
4088 if (V)
4089 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
4090 }
Chris Lattner4db2d222004-02-16 05:07:08 +00004091
4092 // If the only user of this instruction is a cast instruction, and all of the
4093 // incoming values are constants, change this PHI to merge together the casted
4094 // constants.
4095 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4096 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(PN.use_back()))
4097 if (CI->getType() != PN.getType()) { // noop casts will be folded
4098 bool AllConstant = true;
4099 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
4100 if (!isa<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) {
4101 AllConstant = false;
4102 break;
4103 }
4104 if (AllConstant) {
4105 // Make a new PHI with all casted values.
4106 PHINode *New = new PHINode(CI->getType(), PN.getName(), &PN);
4107 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4108 Constant *OldArg = cast<Constant>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
4109 New->addIncoming(ConstantExpr::getCast(OldArg, New->getType()),
4110 PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
4111 }
4112
4113 // Update the cast instruction.
4114 CI->setOperand(0, New);
4115 WorkList.push_back(CI); // revisit the cast instruction to fold.
4116 WorkList.push_back(New); // Make sure to revisit the new Phi
4117 return &PN; // PN is now dead!
4118 }
4119 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004120
4121 // If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
4122 // reducing code size.
4123 if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
4124 PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
4125 if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
4126 return Result;
4127
Chris Lattner71536432005-01-17 05:10:15 +00004128 // If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
4129 // this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
4130 // PHI)... break the cycle.
4131 if (PN.hasOneUse())
4132 if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN.use_back())) {
4133 std::set<PHINode*> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
4134 PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
4135 if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
4136 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
4137 }
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004138
Chris Lattner91daeb52003-12-19 05:58:40 +00004139 return 0;
Chris Lattnerbbbdd852002-05-06 18:06:38 +00004140}
4141
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004142static Value *InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
4143 Instruction *InsertPoint,
4144 InstCombiner *IC) {
4145 unsigned PS = IC->getTargetData().getPointerSize();
4146 const Type *VTy = V->getType();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004147 if (!VTy->isSigned() && VTy->getPrimitiveSize() < PS)
4148 // We must insert a cast to ensure we sign-extend.
4149 V = IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, VTy->getSignedVersion(),
4150 V->getName()), *InsertPoint);
4151 return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(V, DTy, V->getName()),
4152 *InsertPoint);
4153}
4154
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004155
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004156Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004157 Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner471bd762003-05-22 19:07:21 +00004158 // Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004159 // If so, eliminate the noop.
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004160 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004161 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004162
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004163 if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
4164 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
4165
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004166 bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
4167 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
4168 HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
4169
4170 if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004171 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
Chris Lattner48a44f72002-05-02 17:06:02 +00004172
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004173 // Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
4174 bool MadeChange = false;
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004175 gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
4176 for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
4177 if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
4178 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
4179 Value *Src = CI->getOperand(0);
4180 const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
4181 const Type *DestTy = CI->getType();
4182 if (Src->getType()->isInteger()) {
4183 if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == DestTy->getPrimitiveSize()) {
4184 // We can always eliminate a cast from ulong or long to the other.
4185 // We can always eliminate a cast from uint to int or the other on
4186 // 32-bit pointer platforms.
4187 if (DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() >= TD->getPointerSize()) {
4188 MadeChange = true;
4189 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4190 }
4191 } else if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() < DestTy->getPrimitiveSize() &&
4192 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() == 4) {
4193 // We can always eliminate a cast from int to [u]long. We can
4194 // eliminate a cast from uint to [u]long iff the target is a 32-bit
4195 // pointer target.
4196 if (SrcTy->isSigned() ||
4197 SrcTy->getPrimitiveSize() >= TD->getPointerSize()) {
4198 MadeChange = true;
4199 GEP.setOperand(i, Src);
4200 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004201 }
4202 }
4203 }
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004204 // If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
4205 // to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
4206 // insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
4207 // obvious.
4208 Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
4209 if (Op->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() > TD->getPointerSize())
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004210 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004211 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(C,
4212 TD->getIntPtrType()->getSignedVersion()));
Chris Lattner1e9ac1a2004-04-17 18:16:10 +00004213 MadeChange = true;
4214 } else {
Chris Lattner2b2412d2004-04-07 18:38:20 +00004215 Op = InsertNewInstBefore(new CastInst(Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
4216 Op->getName()), GEP);
4217 GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
4218 MadeChange = true;
4219 }
Chris Lattner44d0b952004-07-20 01:48:15 +00004220
4221 // If this is a constant idx, make sure to canonicalize it to be a signed
4222 // operand, otherwise CSE and other optimizations are pessimized.
4223 if (ConstantUInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(Op)) {
4224 GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getCast(CUI,
4225 CUI->getType()->getSignedVersion()));
4226 MadeChange = true;
4227 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004228 }
4229 if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
4230
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004231 // Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
4232 // is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
4233 // getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
4234 //
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004235 std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004236 if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004237 SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004238
4239 if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004240 // Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
4241 // chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
4242 // avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
4243 //
4244 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
4245 cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
4246 return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
4247
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004248 std::vector<Value *> Indices;
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004249
4250 // Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
4251 bool EndsWithSequential = false;
4252 for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
4253 E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
Chris Lattner8ec5f882004-05-08 22:41:42 +00004254 EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004255
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004256 // Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004257 if (EndsWithSequential) {
Chris Lattner235af562003-03-05 22:33:14 +00004258 // Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
4259 // With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
4260 //
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004261 Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004262 if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
4263 Sum = GO1;
4264 } else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
4265 Sum = SO1;
4266 } else {
4267 // If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
4268 // target's pointer size.
4269 if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
4270 if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
4271 SO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(SO1C, GO1->getType());
4272 } else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
4273 GO1 = ConstantExpr::getCast(GO1C, SO1->getType());
4274 } else {
4275 unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004276 if (SO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4277 // Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
4278 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4279
4280 } else if (GO1->getType()->getPrimitiveSize() == PS) {
4281 // Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
4282 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
4283 } else {
4284 const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
4285 SO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4286 GO1 = InsertSignExtendToPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
4287 }
4288 }
4289 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004290 if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
4291 Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
4292 else {
Chris Lattnerdf20a4d2004-06-10 02:07:29 +00004293 Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
4294 InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004295 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004296 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004297
4298 // Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
4299 if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
4300 GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
4301 GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
4302 return &GEP;
4303 } else {
4304 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4305 SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
4306 Indices.push_back(Sum);
4307 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
4308 }
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004309 } else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
4310 cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004311 SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004312 // Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004313 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
4314 SrcGEPOperands.end());
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004315 Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
4316 }
4317
4318 if (!Indices.empty())
Chris Lattner57c67b02004-03-25 22:59:29 +00004319 return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004320
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004321 } else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004322 // GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
4323 // constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
4324
4325 // Scan for nonconstants...
4326 std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
4327 User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
4328 for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
4329 Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
4330
4331 if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
Chris Lattnerf3edc492004-07-18 18:59:44 +00004332 Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
Chris Lattnerc59af1d2002-08-17 22:21:59 +00004333
4334 // Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
4335 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
4336 }
Chris Lattner5f667a62004-05-07 22:09:22 +00004337 } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(PtrOp)) {
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004338 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4339 if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
4340 // transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
4341 // into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
4342 //
4343 // This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
4344 //
4345 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4346 const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getType());
4347 if (const PointerType *XTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(X->getType()))
4348 if (const ArrayType *XATy =
4349 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
4350 if (const ArrayType *CATy =
4351 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
4352 if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
4353 // At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
4354 // to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
4355 // array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
4356 // is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
4357 GEP.setOperand(0, X);
4358 return &GEP;
4359 }
Chris Lattner0798af32005-01-13 20:14:25 +00004360 } else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 &&
4361 isa<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
Chris Lattner14f3cdc2004-11-27 17:55:46 +00004362 // Transform things like:
4363 // %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x sbyte]* %str to ubyte*), uint %V
4364 // into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x sbyte*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
4365 Constant *X = CE->getOperand(0);
4366 const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
4367 const Type *ResElTy =cast<PointerType>(CE->getType())->getElementType();
4368 if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
4369 TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
4370 TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
4371 Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
4372 new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy),
4373 GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
4374 return new CastInst(V, GEP.getType());
4375 }
Chris Lattner8d0bacb2004-02-22 05:25:17 +00004376 }
4377 }
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004378 }
4379
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004380 return 0;
4381}
4382
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004383Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
4384 // Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
4385 if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
4386 if (const ConstantUInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantUInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4387 const Type *NewTy = ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getValue());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004388 AllocationInst *New = 0;
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004389
4390 // Create and insert the replacement instruction...
4391 if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004392 New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004393 else {
4394 assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004395 New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getName());
Chris Lattnera2620ac2002-11-09 00:49:43 +00004396 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004397
4398 InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004399
4400 // Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
4401 // allocas if possible...
4402 //
4403 BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
4404 while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
4405
4406 // Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
4407 // insert our getelementptr instruction...
4408 //
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004409 std::vector<Value*> Idx(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::IntTy));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004410 Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, Idx, New->getName()+".sub", It);
4411
4412 // Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
4413 // allocation.
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004414 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004415 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
4416 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004417 }
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004418
4419 // If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
4420 // Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
4421 // return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
Chris Lattner49df6ce2004-07-02 22:55:47 +00004422 if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
4423 TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chris Lattnerabb77c92004-03-19 06:08:10 +00004424 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
4425
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004426 return 0;
4427}
4428
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004429Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
4430 Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
4431
4432 // Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
4433 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4434 if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4435 FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
4436 return &FI;
4437 }
4438
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004439 // free undef -> unreachable.
4440 if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
4441 // Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
4442 new StoreInst(ConstantBool::True,
4443 UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::BoolTy)), &FI);
4444 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
4445 }
4446
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004447 // If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
4448 // when lots of inlining happens.
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004449 if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004450 return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
Chris Lattnerf3a36602004-02-28 04:57:37 +00004451
Chris Lattner8427bff2003-12-07 01:24:23 +00004452 return 0;
4453}
4454
4455
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004456/// GetGEPGlobalInitializer - Given a constant, and a getelementptr
4457/// constantexpr, return the constant value being addressed by the constant
4458/// expression, or null if something is funny.
4459///
4460static Constant *GetGEPGlobalInitializer(Constant *C, ConstantExpr *CE) {
Chris Lattner69193f92004-04-05 01:30:19 +00004461 if (CE->getOperand(1) != Constant::getNullValue(CE->getOperand(1)->getType()))
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004462 return 0; // Do not allow stepping over the value!
4463
4464 // Loop over all of the operands, tracking down which value we are
4465 // addressing...
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004466 gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(CE), E = gep_type_end(CE);
4467 for (++I; I != E; ++I)
4468 if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*I)) {
4469 ConstantUInt *CU = cast<ConstantUInt>(I.getOperand());
4470 assert(CU->getValue() < STy->getNumElements() &&
4471 "Struct index out of range!");
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004472 unsigned El = (unsigned)CU->getValue();
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004473 if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004474 C = CS->getOperand(El);
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004475 } else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004476 C = Constant::getNullValue(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004477 } else if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) {
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004478 C = UndefValue::get(STy->getElementType(El));
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004479 } else {
4480 return 0;
4481 }
4482 } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand())) {
4483 const ArrayType *ATy = cast<ArrayType>(*I);
4484 if ((uint64_t)CI->getRawValue() >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0;
4485 if (ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(C))
Chris Lattnerfdfe3e492005-01-08 19:42:22 +00004486 C = CA->getOperand((unsigned)CI->getRawValue());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004487 else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(C))
4488 C = Constant::getNullValue(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004489 else if (isa<UndefValue>(C))
4490 C = UndefValue::get(ATy->getElementType());
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004491 else
4492 return 0;
4493 } else {
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004494 return 0;
Chris Lattnered79d8a2004-05-27 17:30:27 +00004495 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004496 return C;
4497}
4498
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004499static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
4500 User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
4501
4502 const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
4503 if (const PointerType *SrcTy =
4504 dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
4505 const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
4506 if (SrcPTy->isSized() && DestPTy->isSized() &&
4507 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
4508 IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy) &&
4509 (SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
4510 (DestPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(DestPTy))) {
4511 // Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
4512 // the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
4513 // the result of the loaded value.
4514 Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CI->getOperand(0),
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004515 CI->getName(),
4516 LI.isVolatile()),LI);
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004517 // Now cast the result of the load.
4518 return new CastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
4519 }
4520 }
4521 return 0;
4522}
4523
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004524/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004525/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
4526/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
4527/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
4528static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
4529 // If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
4530 if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
4531
4532 // Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
4533 // want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004534 // from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
4535 // so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
4536 // the load entirely).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004537 BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
4538
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004539 while (BBI != E) {
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004540 --BBI;
4541
4542 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
4543 if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
4544 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
4545 if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
4546
Alkis Evlogimenosd59cebf2004-09-20 06:42:58 +00004547 }
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004548 return false;
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004549}
4550
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004551Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
4552 Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner7e8af382004-01-12 04:13:56 +00004553
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004554 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
4555 if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C)) &&
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004556 !LI.isVolatile()) { // load null/undef -> undef
4557 // Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
4558 // this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
4559 // unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
4560 new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()), C, &LI);
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004561 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
Chris Lattner8ba9ec92004-10-18 02:59:09 +00004562 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004563
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004564 // Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
4565 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
4566 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4567 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
4568
4569 // Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
4570 if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
4571 if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
4572 if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
4573 if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
4574 if (Constant *V = GetGEPGlobalInitializer(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
4575 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
4576 } else if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::Cast) {
4577 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4578 return Res;
4579 }
4580 }
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004581
4582 // load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
Chris Lattner35e24772004-07-13 01:49:43 +00004583 if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
4584 if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
4585 return Res;
Chris Lattnere228ee52004-04-08 20:39:49 +00004586
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004587 if (!LI.isVolatile() && Op->hasOneUse()) {
4588 // Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
4589 // helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
4590 // exposes redundancy in the code.
4591 //
4592 // Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
4593 // introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
4594 // the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
4595 // but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
4596 // unconditionally.
4597 //
4598 if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
4599 // load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004600 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
4601 isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004602 Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004603 SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004604 Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004605 SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004606 return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
4607 }
4608
Chris Lattnerbdcf41a2004-09-23 15:46:00 +00004609 // load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
4610 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
4611 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4612 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
4613 return &LI;
4614 }
4615
4616 // load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
4617 if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
4618 if (C->isNullValue()) {
4619 LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
4620 return &LI;
4621 }
4622
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004623 } else if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Op)) {
4624 // load (phi (&V1, &V2, &V3)) --> phi(load &V1, load &V2, load &V3)
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004625 bool Safe = PN->getParent() == LI.getParent();
4626
4627 // Scan all of the instructions between the PHI and the load to make
4628 // sure there are no instructions that might possibly alter the value
4629 // loaded from the PHI.
4630 if (Safe) {
4631 BasicBlock::iterator I = &LI;
4632 for (--I; !isa<PHINode>(I); --I)
4633 if (isa<StoreInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) {
4634 Safe = false;
4635 break;
4636 }
4637 }
4638
4639 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e && Safe; ++i)
Chris Lattnere6f13092004-09-19 19:18:10 +00004640 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(PN->getIncomingValue(i),
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004641 PN->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator()))
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004642 Safe = false;
Chris Lattner42618552004-09-20 10:15:10 +00004643
Chris Lattnerf62ea8e2004-09-19 18:43:46 +00004644 if (Safe) {
4645 // Create the PHI.
4646 PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(LI.getType(), PN->getName());
4647 InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
4648 std::map<BasicBlock*,Value*> LoadMap; // Don't insert duplicate loads
4649
4650 for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4651 BasicBlock *BB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
4652 Value *&TheLoad = LoadMap[BB];
4653 if (TheLoad == 0) {
4654 Value *InVal = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4655 TheLoad = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(InVal,
4656 InVal->getName()+".val"),
4657 *BB->getTerminator());
4658 }
4659 NewPN->addIncoming(TheLoad, BB);
4660 }
4661 return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, NewPN);
4662 }
4663 }
4664 }
Chris Lattner0f1d8a32003-06-26 05:06:25 +00004665 return 0;
4666}
4667
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004668Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
4669 // Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004670 Value *X;
4671 BasicBlock *TrueDest;
4672 BasicBlock *FalseDest;
4673 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
4674 !isa<Constant>(X)) {
4675 // Swap Destinations and condition...
4676 BI.setCondition(X);
4677 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4678 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
4679 return &BI;
4680 }
4681
4682 // Cannonicalize setne -> seteq
4683 Instruction::BinaryOps Op; Value *Y;
4684 if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_SetCond(Op, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
4685 TrueDest, FalseDest)))
4686 if ((Op == Instruction::SetNE || Op == Instruction::SetLE ||
4687 Op == Instruction::SetGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
4688 SetCondInst *I = cast<SetCondInst>(BI.getCondition());
4689 std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
4690 Instruction::BinaryOps NewOpcode = SetCondInst::getInverseCondition(Op);
4691 Value *NewSCC = BinaryOperator::create(NewOpcode, X, Y, Name, I);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004692 // Swap Destinations and condition...
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004693 BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004694 BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
4695 BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004696 removeFromWorkList(I);
4697 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
4698 WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
Chris Lattnere967b342003-06-04 05:10:11 +00004699 return &BI;
4700 }
Chris Lattnerd4252a72004-07-30 07:50:03 +00004701
Chris Lattner9eef8a72003-06-04 04:46:00 +00004702 return 0;
4703}
Chris Lattner1085bdf2002-11-04 16:18:53 +00004704
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004705Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
4706 Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
4707 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
4708 if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
4709 if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
4710 // change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
4711 for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
Chris Lattner81a7a232004-10-16 18:11:37 +00004712 SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
Chris Lattner4c9c20a2004-07-03 00:26:11 +00004713 AddRHS));
4714 SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
4715 WorkList.push_back(I);
4716 return &SI;
4717 }
4718 }
4719 return 0;
4720}
4721
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004722
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004723void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
4724 WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
4725 WorkList.end());
4726}
4727
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004728
4729/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
4730/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
4731/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
4732/// end of its block.
4733static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
4734 assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
4735
4736 // Cannot move control-flow-involving instructions.
4737 if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<InvokeInst>(I) || isa<CallInst>(I)) return false;
4738
4739 // Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
4740 if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
4741 return false;
4742
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00004743 // We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
4744 // the end of block that could change the value.
4745 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
4746 if (LI->isVolatile()) return false; // Don't sink volatile loads.
4747
4748 for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
4749 Scan != E; ++Scan)
4750 if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
4751 return false;
Chris Lattnerf17a2fb2004-12-09 07:14:34 +00004752 }
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004753
4754 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
4755 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
4756
4757 BasicBlock *SrcBlock = I->getParent();
4758 DestBlock->getInstList().splice(InsertPos, SrcBlock->getInstList(), I);
4759 ++NumSunkInst;
4760 return true;
4761}
4762
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004763bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004764 bool Changed = false;
Chris Lattnerf4ad1652003-11-02 05:57:39 +00004765 TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004766
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00004767 for (inst_iterator i = inst_begin(F), e = inst_end(F); i != e; ++i)
4768 WorkList.push_back(&*i);
Chris Lattner2d3a7a62004-04-27 15:13:33 +00004769
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004770
4771 while (!WorkList.empty()) {
4772 Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
4773 WorkList.pop_back();
4774
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00004775 // Check to see if we can DCE or ConstantPropagate the instruction...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004776 // Check to see if we can DIE the instruction...
4777 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
4778 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004779 if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004780 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004781 ++NumDeadInst;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004782
4783 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
4784 removeFromWorkList(I);
4785 continue;
4786 }
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004787
Misha Brukman632df282002-10-29 23:06:16 +00004788 // Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it...
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004789 if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004790 Value* Ptr = I->getOperand(0);
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004791 if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) &&
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004792 cast<Constant>(Ptr)->isNullValue() &&
4793 !isa<ConstantPointerNull>(C) &&
4794 cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004795 // If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
4796 // "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int X to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
4797 bool isFoldableGEP = true;
4798 for (unsigned i = 1, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4799 if (!isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(i)))
4800 isFoldableGEP = false;
4801 if (isFoldableGEP) {
Alkis Evlogimenosa1291a02004-12-08 23:10:30 +00004802 uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(),
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004803 std::vector<Value*>(I->op_begin()+1, I->op_end()));
4804 C = ConstantUInt::get(Type::ULongTy, Offset);
Chris Lattner684c5c62004-10-16 19:46:33 +00004805 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, TD->getIntPtrType());
Chris Lattner6580e092004-10-16 19:44:59 +00004806 C = ConstantExpr::getCast(C, I->getType());
4807 }
4808 }
4809
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004810 // Add operands to the worklist...
Chris Lattner51ea1272004-02-28 05:22:00 +00004811 AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
Chris Lattnerc6509f42002-12-05 22:41:53 +00004812 ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
4813
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004814 ++NumConstProp;
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004815 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner800aaaf2003-10-07 15:17:02 +00004816 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004817 continue;
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004818 }
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004819
Chris Lattner39c98bb2004-12-08 23:43:58 +00004820 // See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
4821 if (I->hasOneUse()) {
4822 BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
4823 BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
4824 if (UserParent != BB) {
4825 bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
4826 // See if the user is one of our successors.
4827 for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
4828 if (*SI == UserParent) {
4829 UserIsSuccessor = true;
4830 break;
4831 }
4832
4833 // If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
4834 // only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
4835 // otherwise), we can keep going.
4836 if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
4837 next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
4838 // Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
4839 Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
4840 }
4841 }
4842
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004843 // Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004844 if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
Chris Lattner0b18c1d2002-05-10 15:38:35 +00004845 ++NumCombined;
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004846 // Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00004847 if (Result != I) {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00004848 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: Old = " << *I
4849 << " New = " << *Result);
4850
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004851 // Everything uses the new instruction now.
4852 I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
4853
4854 // Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
4855 WorkList.push_back(Result);
4856 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004857
4858 // Move the name to the new instruction first...
4859 std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
Chris Lattner950fc782003-10-07 22:58:41 +00004860 Result->setName(OldName);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004861
4862 // Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
4863 BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
Chris Lattner7515cab2004-11-14 19:13:23 +00004864 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
4865
4866 if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
4867 while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
4868 ++InsertPos;
4869
4870 InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004871
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004872 // Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
4873 // use counts.
Chris Lattnerb643a9e2004-05-01 23:19:52 +00004874 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4875 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
4876 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
4877
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004878 // Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
4879 // we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
4880 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattnere8ed4ef2003-10-06 17:11:01 +00004881
4882 // Erase the old instruction.
4883 InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner113f4f42002-06-25 16:13:24 +00004884 } else {
Chris Lattner7d2a5392004-03-13 23:54:27 +00004885 DEBUG(std::cerr << "IC: MOD = " << *I);
4886
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004887 // If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
4888 // if so, remove it.
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004889 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
4890 // Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
4891 // use counts.
4892 for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4893 if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
4894 WorkList.push_back(OpI);
4895
4896 // Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
4897 // occurrances of this instruction.
Chris Lattner99f48c62002-09-02 04:59:56 +00004898 removeFromWorkList(I);
Chris Lattner63d75af2004-05-01 23:27:23 +00004899 I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
Chris Lattner396dbfe2004-06-09 05:08:07 +00004900 } else {
4901 WorkList.push_back(Result);
4902 AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
Chris Lattnerae7a0d32002-08-02 19:29:35 +00004903 }
Chris Lattner053c0932002-05-14 15:24:07 +00004904 }
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004905 Changed = true;
Chris Lattnerca081252001-12-14 16:52:21 +00004906 }
4907 }
4908
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004909 return Changed;
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00004910}
4911
Brian Gaeke38b79e82004-07-27 17:43:21 +00004912FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
Chris Lattner260ab202002-04-18 17:39:14 +00004913 return new InstCombiner();
Chris Lattner04805fa2002-02-26 21:46:54 +00004914}
Brian Gaeke960707c2003-11-11 22:41:34 +00004915